User’s
Manual
STARDOM
FCN/FCJ Guide
IM 34P02Q01-01E
IM 34P02Q01-01E
18th Edition
Blank Page
i
Introduction
n About This Manual
This user’s manual (IM 34P02Q01-01E) describes the overview, operation, and maintenance of
the Autonomous Controller FCN/FCJ. This manual is written for all those who will be using the
Autonomous Controller FCN/FCJ.
Other than this manual, detailed descriptions of the Autonomous Controller FCN/FCJ and its
tools are provided in the help ile.
Refer to the help ile when using each tool.
n Organization of This Manual
This manual consists of the following chapters:
l PART-A Hardware
This chapter describes the hardware of the Autonomous Controller FCN/FCJ, including the
names, speciications, locations, and connections for each component unit.
l PART-B Software
This chapter describes the function overview of the Autonomous Controller FCN/FCJ, as well as
the tools used to perform various settings.
This part is helpful in understanding what kinds of operations can be achieved on the
Autonomous Controller FCN/FCJ.
l PART-C Operation and Maintenance
This chapter describes the operation and maintenance of the Autonomous Controller FCN/FCJ.
l PART-D Other Features and Settings
This chapter describes other topics regarding the Autonomous Controller FCN/FCJ, including the
licenses and IP address settings.
Media No. IM 34P02Q01-01E
18th Edition : Mar. 2013(YK)
All Rights Reserved Copyright © 2002, Yokogawa Electric Corporation
IM 34P02Q01-01E
18th Edition : Mar. 29,2013-00
ii
Safety Precautions
n Safety, Protection, and Modiication of the Product
•
In order to protect the system controlled by the product and the product itself and ensure
safe operation, observe the safety precautions described in this instruction manual. We
assume no liability for safety if users fail to observe these instructions when operating the
product.
•
If this instrument is used in a manner not speciied in this manual, the protection provided by
this instrument may be impaired.
•
If any protection or safety circuit is required for the system controlled by the product or for
the product itself, prepare it separately.
•
Be sure to use the spare parts approved by Yokogawa Electric Corporation (hereafter
simply referred to as YOKOGAWA) when replacing parts or consumables.
•
Modiication of the product is strictly prohibited.
•
The following symbols are used in the product and instruction manual to indicate that there
are precautions for safety:
Indicates that caution is required for operation. This symbol is placed on the product to refer
the user to the instruction manual in order to protect the operator and the equipment. In the
instruction manuals you will ind precautions to avoid physical injury or death of the operator,
including electrical shocks.
Identiies a protective grounding terminal. Before using the product, ground the terminal.
Identiies a functional grounding terminal. Before using the product, ground the terminal.
Indicates an AC supply.
Indicates a DC supply.
Indicates that the main switch is ON.
Indicates that the main switch is OFF.
IM 34P02Q01-01E
1st Edition : Apr.24,2002-00
iii
n Notes on Handling Manuals
•
Please hand over the user’s manuals to your end users so that they can keep the manuals
on hand for convenient reference.
•
Please read the information thoroughly before using the product.
•
The purpose of these manuals is not to warrant that the product is well suited to any
particular purpose but rather to describe the functional details of the product.
•
No part of the manuals may be transferred or reproduced without prior written consent from
YOKOGAWA.
•
YOKOGAWA reserves the right to make improvements in the manuals and product at any
time, without notice or obligation.
•
If you have any questions, or you ind mistakes or omissions in the manuals, please contact
our sales representative or your local distributor.
n Warning and Disclaimer
The product is provided on an “as is” basis. YOKOGAWA shall have neither liability nor
responsibility to any person or entity with respect to any direct or indirect loss or damage arising
from using the product or any defect of the product that YOKOGAWA can not predict in advance.
n Notes on Hardware
l Appearance and Accessories
Check the following when you receive the product:
•
Appearance
•
Standard accessories
Contact our sales representative or your local distributor if the product’s coating has come off, it
has been damaged, or there is shortage of required accessories.
l Model and Sufix Codes
The name plate on the product contains the model and sufix codes. Compare them with those in
the general speciication to make sure the product is the correct one. If you have any questions,
contact our sales representative or your local distributor.
IM 34P02Q01-01E
1st Edition : Apr.24,2002-00
iv
n Symbol Marks
Throughout this manual, you will ind several different types of symbols are used to identify
different sections of text. This section describes these icons.
CAUTION
Identiies instructions that must be observed in order to avoid physical injury and electric
shock or death of the operator.
WARNING
Identiies instructions that must be observed in order to prevent the software or hardware
from being damaged or the system from becoming faulty.
IMPORTANT
Identiies important information required to understand operations or functions.
TIP
Identiies additional information.
SEE ALSO
Identiies a source to be referred to.
Clicking a reference displayed in green can call up its source, while clicking a reference
displayed in black cannot.
IM 34P02Q01-01E
1st Edition : Apr.24,2002-00
v
n Cautions for Safely Applying the Device
l Standard
IMPORTANT
Different standards are applied according to the types of equipment. For details and the newest
information, refer to the hardware general speciications (GS) for each equipment.
Table
Compliant Standards
Item
Safety standards (*1)(*8)(*10)
CE Marking
EMC standards
C-Tick Marking
KC Marking
FM Non-Incendive (*9)
CENELEC ATEX
Type "n" (*6)(*7)
Standards for HazardousLocation
Equipment (*4) (*5)
CSA Non-Incendive (*9)
CSA Type "n" (*7)
Standards
CAN/CSA-C22.2, No.61010-01 (100–120 V AC, 24 V DC)
EN 61010-1 (220–240 V AC, 24 V DC)
EN 55011 Class A Group 1, (emission)
EN 61000-6-2 (immunity) (*1)(*2)(*11)
EN 61000-3-2 (220–240 V AC) (*8)
EN 61000-3-3 (220–240 V AC) (*3)(*8)
EN 55011 Class A Group 1
Korea Electromagnetic Conformity Standard
Class I Division 2, Groups A, B, C, D T4
Class 3600-1998
Class 3611-2004
Class 3810-2005
II 3 G Ex nA nC II C T4 Gc (*12)
II 3 G Ex nA II C T4 Gc (*13)
EN 60079-15:2010
EN 60079-0:2009
EN 60079-0:2012
Class I Division 2, Groups A, B, C, D T4
CAN/CSA-C22.2 No.0-M91
CAN/CSA-C22.2 No.0.4-04
CAN/CSA-C22.2 No. 157-92
C22.2 No. 213-M1987
TN-078
Ex nC [nL] II C T4
CAN/CSA-E60079-15:02
CAN/CSA-E60079-0:02
TN-078
*1:
*2:
To be compliant with these standards, the FCN hardware needs to be installed in a lockable metal cabinet.
For lightning surge immunity, a device such a lightning arrester needs to be installed externally. Some module can select a
pressure clamp terminal block with surge absorber. For details, see Terminal Block, GS 34P02Q41-01E.
*3:
The speciied magnitude of the voltage drop determined by the cable wiring length needs be met.
*4:
Refer to TI 34P02Q91-01E for the products meeting NI.
*5:
For modules conforming to explosion-proof standards, refer to the following page.
*6:
When FCN/FCJ is used under the CENELEC ATEX Type “n” environment, the Instruction Manual, IM 34P02Q11-02E “Explosion
Protection of FCN/FCJ Products” is required for safer installation and wiring.
*7:
To be compliant with these standards, the FCN/FCJ hardware needs to be installed in a lockable metal cabinet of IP54 or higher
protection rating.
*8:
FCJ is out of support.
*9:
To be compliant with these standards, the FCN/FCJ hardware needs to be installed in a lockable metal cabinet.
*10: For ensuring the FCN hardware to satisfy the safety standards, the dedicated breakers in the power supply side must be installed
and conform to the following speciications.
• [CSA] CSA C22.2 No.5 or UL 489
• [CE Marking] EN 60947-1 and EN 60947-3
*11: When using the NFLP121, mount one ferrite core (A1193MN) on the NFLP121 side of the PROFIBUS cable to meet the EMC
standards.
*12 : Applied for NFDR541.
*13 : Applied for products except *12.
Note: According to the New Approach Directive, the manufacturer and the representative ofice in EU are indicated below:
Manufacturer: YOKOGAWA Electric Corporation (2-9-32 Nakacho, Musashino-shi, Tokyo 180-8750, Japan).
Representative ofice in EU Community: Yokogawa Europe B.V. (Euroweg 2, 3825 HD Amersfoort, The Netherlands).
IM 34P02Q01-01E
18th Edition : Mar. 29,2013-00
vi
Table
List of FCN/FCJ’s Modules and Modules Conforming to Explosion Protection Standards (1/2)
Type
FCJ
Base
module
Power
supply
module
CPU
module
SB bus
repeat
module
Model
Function
NFJT100
NFBU200
NFBU050
NFPW441
NFPW442
NFPW444
Autonomous Controller FCJ
Base module for FCN
Base module for FCN-RTU
Power supply module for FCN (100 to 120 V AC input)
Power supply module for FCN (220 to 240 V AC input)
Power supply module for FCN (24 V DC input)
Power supply module for FCN-RTU (12 V DC input,
NFPW426
24 V DC input)
NFCP100 CPU module for FCN
NFCP050 CPU module for FCN-RTU
NFSB100
SB bus repeat module for FCN
Analog Input Module
(4 to 20 mA, 16-channel, Non-Isolated)
NFAV141 Analog Input Module (1 to 5 V, 16-channel, Non-Isolated)
Analog Input Module
NFAV142
(-10 to +10V, 16-channel, Non-Isolated)
Analog I/O Module (4 to 20 mA input, 4 to 20 mA output,
NFAI841
8-channel input/8-channel output, Non-Isolated)
Analog I/O Module (1 to 5 V input, 4 to 20 mA output,
NFAB841
8-channel input/8-channel output, Non-Isolated)
Analog Output Module
NFAV542
(-10 to +10V, 16-channel, Non-Isolated)
NFAI143
Analog
Input Module (4 to 20 mA, 16-channel, Isolated)
Analog
NFAI543
Analog Output Module (4 to 20 mA, 16-channel, Isolated)
I/O
Modules NFAV144 Analog Input Module (-10 to +10V, 16-channel, Isolated)
(*1)
Analog Output Module
NFAV544
(-10 to +10V, 16-channel, Isolated)
NFAT141 TC/mV Input Module (16-channel, Isolated)
NFAR181 RTD Input Module (12-channel, Isolated)
Analog Input Module
NFAI135
(4 to 20 mA, 8-channel, Isolated channels)
Analog I/O Module (4 to 20 mA, 4-channel input/
NFAI835
4-channel output, Isolated channels)
Pulse Input Module
NFAP135
(8-channel, Pulse count, 0 to 10 kHz, Isolated channels)
Frequency Input Module (8-channel, Contact ON/OFF,
NFAF135
Voltage pulse, 0.1 Hz to 10 kHz, Isolated channels)
NFDV151 Digital Input Module (32-channel, 24 V DC, Isolated)
Digital Input Module (32-channel, 24 V DC, Pressure Clamp
NFDV157
Terminal support only, Isolated)
NFDV161 Digital Input Module (64-channel, 24 V DC)
Digital Input Module
NFDV141
(16-channel, 100 V to 120 V AC, Isolated)
Digital I/O NFDV142 Digital Input Module (16-channel, 200 to 220 V AC)
Modules
Pulse Width Output Module
NFDV532
(*1)
(4-channel : Up Pulse/Down Pulse, 24 V DC, Isolated)
NFDV551 Digital Output Module (32-channel, 24 V DC, Isolated)
Digital Output Module (32-channel, 24 V DC, Pressure
NFDV557
Clamp Terminal support only, Isolated)
NFDV561 Digital Output Module (64-channel, 24 V DC)
Relay Output Module
NFDR541
(16-channel, 24 to 110 V DC/100 to 240 V AC, Isolated)
NFAI141
*1:
*2:
*3:
*4:
Explosion protection
FM NI
ATEX
CSA NI
(NonType
(Nonincendive) “n” incendive)









–


–
–
–



CSA
Type
“n”



–
–

















(*2)

(*2)
(*2)








(*2)

(*2)
(*2)
























































–
–
–
–

–

–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–








–
–
–
–
(*3)
(*4)
(*3)
(*4)
To use modules as hazardous location equipment (non-incendive), use the speciied pressure-clamp terminal blocks or MIL connector cables (KMS40 and KMS50) / MIL connector terminal blocks (TAS40 and TAS50) .
I/O modules with sufix code “with HART communication” do not conform to the explosion-proof standards.
The relay output module (NFDR541) does not conform to explosion-proof standards (Non-Incendive) for use at 100 to 240 V AC.
The relay output module (NFDR541) does not conform to explosion-proof standards (Type n) for use at 75 to 110 V DC / 100 to
240 V AC
IM 34P02Q01-01E
16th Edition : Mar. 04,2011-00
vii
Table List of FCN/FCJ’s Modules and Modules Conforming to Explosion Protection Standards (2/2)
Type
Model
CANopen Communication Module (1-port, 10kbps to
1Mbps)
NFLF111 Foundation Fieldbus communication module (4-port)
PROFIBUS-DP Communication Module (1-port, 9.6kbps to
NFLP121
12Mbps)
RS-232-C Communication Module
NFLR111
(2-port, 300 bps to 115.2 kbps)
RS-422/RS-485 Communication Module
NFLR121
(2-port, 300 bps to 115.2 kbps)
NFTA4S
Pressure Clamp Terminal Block for Analog (16-channel)
Pressure Clamp Terminal Block for Thermocouple/mV (16NFTT4S
channel)
NFTR8S Pressure Clamp Terminal Block for RTD (12-channel)
Pressure Clamp Terminal Block for Digital Input (32NFTB5S
channel)
Pressure Clamp Terminal Block for Digital Output (32NFTD5S
channel)
Pressure Clamp Terminal Block for Isolated Analog Module
NFTI3S
and Pulse Module (for NFAI135, NFAP135, NFAF135: 8channel, NFAI835: 4-channel input, 4-channel output)
Pressure Clamp Terminal Block for Digital (16-channel, with
NFTC4S
dedicated connector, without surge absorber)
Pressure Clamp Terminal Block for Digital (32-channel, with
NFTC5S
dedicated connector)
NFTF9S
Pressure Clamp Terminal Block for Foundation Fieldbus
TAS40
MIL Connector Terminal Block (40 Pole Plug Types, M3.5)
TAS50
MIL Connector Terminal Block (50 Pole Plug Types, M3.5)
NFCB301 SB Bus Cable
KMS40
MIL Connector Cable (40 Pole Plug Types)
KMS50
MIL Connector Cable (50 Pole Plug Types)
NFSBT01 SB Bus T-joint
NFSBT02 SB Bus T-joint with Built-in Terminator
NFDCV01 Dummy Cover for I/O Module Slot
NFDCV02 Dummy Cover for Power supply Module Slot
NFCCC01 MIL Cable Connector Cover
NFLC121
Communication
Modules
Pressure
Clamp
Terminal
Block
Terminal
Block
Cable
SB Bus
T-joint
Dummy
Cover
:
:
–:
N.A.:
Function
Explosion protection
FM NI
ATEX
CSA NI
(NonType
(Nonincendive) “n” incendive)
CSA
Type
“n”
–
–
–
–




–
–
–
–
















































N.A.
N.A.
N.A.








N.A.
N.A.
N.A.








N.A.
N.A.
N.A.








N.A.
N.A.
N.A.
Conforming
Conforming conditionally
Not conforming yet
Not applicable
IM 34P02Q01-01E
17th Edition : Jun. 29,2012-00
viii
l Installation method
Please follow the following guidance on how to use this device so that to guarantee the
satisfactory safety and performance.
•
Close the cabinet door of the device.
•
Conirm that all the empty slots in the cabinet are covered by dummy cover (NFDCV01/
NFDCV02).
•
Conirm that all cables are irmly ixed with the screws.
•
Install the rack type devices in the cabinet and lock the cabinet doors for safety.
•
Prepare a special breaker in the same room of the device so that it can cut the power supply
when abnormality occurs. Use this breaker to shutdown equipment devices power supply
when device abnormality occurs.
l Requirements for Installation
When installing the devices, the requirements for the device should be satisied.
Install the device under the following conditions:
Installation height: Altitude up to 2000m.
Installation category based on IEC1010: II (*1)
Pollution degree based on IEC1010:
*1:
*2:
2 (*2)
Installation category is the speciication of the impulse withstanding voltage which is called as overvoltage category.
II indicates an electrical device.
Pollution degree is the level of foreign body adhesion such as the solid, liquid, and gas which decrease withstanding voltage. 2
means general indoor atmosphere.
l Wiring Power Cable
CAUTION
Connect the power cables according to the procedure in this document.
Power cables must conform to the safety standards of the country where the device is installed.
SEE
ALSO
For more information about power cables, refer to A1.16.1 “Power Supply Wiring” (FCN) and A3.3
“FCJ Power Supply and Grounding” (FCJ).
IM 34P02Q01-01E
13th Edition : Feb. 06,2009-00
ix
l Earth Wiring
CAUTION
Ground the device following the procedure in this document to prevent from electric shock and to
minimize the noise.
SEE
ALSO
For more information about earth wiring, refer to A1.16.2 “Wiring the Ground” (FCN) and A3.3.3 “Grounding”
(FCJ).
l Battery
CAUTION
SEE
ALSO
•
Must use Yokogawa designated batteries.
•
Mounting and changing batteries must follow the procedure in this document.
For Battery, refer to C5.3.1 “FCN CPU Module/FCJ Batteries.”
l I/O Devices
CAUTION
To ensure this system compliance with the CSA safety standards, all devices connected to this
system shall be CSA certiied devices.
IM 34P02Q01-01E
17th Edition : Jun. 29,2012-00
x
l Maintenance
CAUTION
•
When the device becomes dusty, use a vacuum cleaner or a soft cloth to clean it.
•
During maintenance, put up wrist strap, and take other ESD (Electrostatic Discharge)
measures.
l Cards, Cables, Connectors
CAUTION
When power is ON, Do not install or remove the cards, cables, connectors not listed in this
manual.
n Drawing Conventions
Some drawings may be partially emphasized, simpliied, or omitted, for the convenience of
description.
Some screen images depicted in the manual may have different display positions or character
types (e.g., the upper / lower case). Also note that some of the images contained in this manual
are display examples.
IM 34P02Q01-01E
13th Edition : Feb. 06,2009-00
xi
Copyright and Trademark Notices
n All Rights Reserved
The copyrights of the programs and online manual contained in the DVD-ROM are reserved.
The online manual is protected by the PDF security from modiication, however, it can be output
via a printer. Printing out the online manual is only allowed for the purpose of using the product.
When using the printed information of the online manual, check if the version is the most recent
one by referring to the DVD-ROM’s version.
No part of the online manual may be transferred, sold, distributed (including delivery via a
commercial PC network or the like), or registered or recorded on video tapes.
n Trademark Acknowledgments
•
STARDOM and FAST/TOOLS are trademarks of YOKOGAWA Electric Corporation.
•
Microsoft and Windows, are either registered trademarks or trademarks of Microsoft
Corporation in the United States and/or other countries.
•
Adobe, Acrobat, and Acrobat Reader are either registered trademarks or trademarks of
Adobe Systems Incorporated in the United States and/or other countries.
•
Ethernet is a registered trademark of XEROX Corporation.
•
Java and Java Powered logo are either a registered trademark or trademarks of Oracle
and/or its afiliates.
•
“FOUNDATION” in “FOUNDATION ieldbus” is a registered trademark of Fieldbus
Foundation.
•
FlashFX® is a registered trademark of Datalight, Inc.
FlashFX® Copyright 1998-2007 Datalight, Inc.
U.S.Patent Ofice 5,860,082/6,260,156
FlashFX® Pro™ is a trademark of Datalight, Inc.
Reliance™ is a trademark of Datalight, Inc.
Datalight® is a registered trademark of Datalight, Inc.
Copyright 1989-2007 Datalight, Inc., All Rights Reserved
•
All other company and product names mentioned in this manual are trademarks or
registered trademarks of their respective companies.
•
We do not use TM or ® mark to indicate those trademarks or registered trademarks in this
manual.
IM 34P02Q01-01E
16th Edition : Mar. 04,2011-00
Blank Page
xiii
STARDOM
FCN/FCJ Guide
IM 34P02Q01-01E 18th Edition
CONTENTS
Introduction ..............................................................................................................i
Safety Precautions ..................................................................................................ii
Copyright and Trademark Notices .......................................................................xi
Part A
A1.
Hardware
Autonomous Controller FCN ................................................................A1-1
A1.1
Structure and Names of Each Component Unit...................................................A1-1
A1.2
Base Module ................................................................................................... A1-4
A1.3
Power Supply Module ................................................................................... A1-8
A1.4
CPU Module .................................................................................................. A1-12
A1.4.1
FCN/FCJ System Card ..................................................................A1-15
A1.5
SB Bus Repeat Module................................................................................ A1-17
A1.6
I/O Modules ................................................................................................... A1-19
A1.6.1
Analog I/O Module (Speciication) .................................................A1-24
A1.6.2
Digital I/O Module (Speciication) ..................................................A1-36
A1.6.3
Serial Communication Module (Speciication) ..............................A1-40
A1.7
I/O Module Signal Connection .................................................................... A1-42
A1.8
Pressure Clamp Terminal Blocks............................................................... A1-43
A1.9
Analog I/O Module Signal Connection ...................................................... A1-45
A1.10
A1.9.1
Analog Input Module for 16 Channels
(NFAI141, NFAI143, NFAV141, NFAV142, NFAV144) ..................A1-49
A1.9.2
Analog I/O Module for 8 Channels (NFAI841, NFAB841) .............A1-53
A1.9.3
Analog Output Module for 16 Channels
(NFAV542, NFAI543, NFAV544) ....................................................A1-57
A1.9.4
Thermocouple/mV Input Module for 16 Channels (NFAT141) ......A1-59
A1.9.5
RTD Input Module for 12 Channels (NFAR181) ............................A1-61
A1.9.6
Analog Input Module for 8 Channels (NFAI135)............................A1-63
A1.9.7
Analog I/O Module for 4 Channels (NFAI835) ...............................A1-65
A1.9.8
Pulse Input Module for 8 Channels (NFAP135) ............................A1-67
A1.9.9
Frequency Input Module (NFAF135) .............................................A1-69
Digital I/O Module Signal Connection........................................................ A1-71
A1.10.1
Digital Input Module, 32 Channel/24 V DC (NFDV151) ................A1-75
A1.10.2
Digital Input Module, 32 Channel/24 V DC (NFDV157) ................A1-77
A1.10.3
Digital Input Module, 16 Channel (NFDV141, NFDV142) .............A1-78
IM 34P02Q01-01E
18th Edition : Mar. 29,2013-00
xiv
A1.11
A1.12
A1.10.4
Pulse Width Output Module (NFDV532) .......................................A1-79
A1.10.5
Digital Output Module, 32 Channel/24 V DC (NFDV551) .............A1-81
A1.10.6
Digital Output Module, 32 Channel/24 V DC (NFDV557) .............A1-83
A1.10.7
Digital Input Module, 64 Channel/24 V DC (NFDV161) ................A1-84
A1.10.8
Digital Output Module, 64 Channel/24 V DC (NFDV561) .............A1-86
A1.10.9
Relay Output Module, 16 Channel (NFDR541).............................A1-88
Communication Module Signal Connection ............................................. A1-89
A1.11.1
Signal Cable Connection to RS-232-C Communication
Module ...........................................................................................A1-89
A1.11.2
Signal Cable Connection to RS-422/RS-485 Communication
Module ...........................................................................................A1-93
A1.11.3
CANopen Communication Module Signal Connection .................A1-97
A1.11.4
PROFIBUS-DP Communication Module Signal Connection ........A1-98
FCN Installation ............................................................................................ A1-99
A1.12.1
A1.13
FCN Power Supply Equipment ................................................................. A1-103
A1.13.1
Power Supply System................................................................. A1-103
A1.13.2
Supplied Power Source .............................................................. A1-104
A1.13.3
Field Power Supply ..................................................................... A1-106
A1.14
Grounding for FCN .................................................................................... A1-108
A1.15
Installation and Attachment ...................................................................... A1-109
A1.16
A2.
FCN Installation Speciication ..................................................... A1-100
A1.15.1
Installing the Base Module .......................................................... A1-109
A1.15.2
Installing Other Modules on to the Base Module .........................A1-113
Wiring .......................................................................................................... A1-116
A1.16.1
Power Supply Wiring....................................................................A1-116
A1.16.2
Wiring the Ground ........................................................................A1-119
A1.16.3
Connecting the Signal Cable ...................................................... A1-120
A1.16.4
Communication Cables .............................................................. A1-126
Low Power Autonomous Controller FCN-RTU ...................................A2-1
A2.1
Structure and Names of Each Component Unit ......................................... A2-1
A2.2
Base Module for FCN-RTU (NFBU050) ........................................................ A2-3
A2.3
Power Supply Module for FCN-RTU (NFPW426) ........................................ A2-6
A2.4
CPU Module for FCN-RTU (NFCP050) ........................................................A2-11
A2.5
I/O Modules ................................................................................................... A2-26
A2.6
FCN-RTU Installation Environment ........................................................... A2-28
A2.7
FCN-RTU Power Supply Equipment .......................................................... A2-32
A2.8
A2.7.1
Power Supply System....................................................................A2-32
A2.7.2
Supplied Power Source .................................................................A2-33
A2.7.3
Field Power Supply ........................................................................A2-35
A2.7.4
Grounding for FCN-RTU ................................................................A2-36
Installation and Attachment ........................................................................ A2-37
A2.8.1
Installing the Base Module .............................................................A2-37
A2.8.2
Installing Other Modules on to the Base Module ...........................A2-40
IM 34P02Q01-01E
17th Edition : Jun. 29,2012-00
xv
A2.9
A3.
Wiring ............................................................................................................ A2-42
A2.9.1
Power Supply Wiring......................................................................A2-42
A2.9.2
Wiring the Ground ..........................................................................A2-44
A2.9.3
Connecting the Signal Cable .........................................................A2-45
A2.9.4
Communication Cables .................................................................A2-45
Autonomous Controller FCJ .................................................................A3-1
A3.1
Structure and Names of Each Component Unit ......................................... A3-1
A3.2
Installation ...................................................................................................... A3-8
A3.2.1
A3.3
FCJ Installation Speciications .........................................................A3-8
FCJ Power Supply and Grounding .............................................................A3-11
A3.3.1
FCJ Power Supply .........................................................................A3-11
A3.3.2
Power Supply for Digital Outputs ...................................................A3-12
A3.3.3
Grounding ......................................................................................A3-12
A3.4
Installing the FCJ ......................................................................................... A3-14
A3.5
Wiring ............................................................................................................ A3-19
A3.5.1
Connection Terminals ....................................................................A3-19
A3.5.2
Cables for Pressure Clamp Terminals ...........................................A3-20
A3.5.3
Connecting the Power Supply .......................................................A3-22
A3.5.4
Field Signal Connection .................................................................A3-23
A3.5.5
Communication Cables .................................................................A3-25
IM 34P02Q01-01E
16th Edition : Mar. 04,2011-00
xvi
Part B
B1.
Software
Overview..................................................................................................B1-1
B1.1
Functional Overview ...................................................................................... B1-2
B1.2
Coniguration ................................................................................................. B1-3
B1.3
B1.4
B1.2.1
System Coniguration ......................................................................B1-3
B1.2.2
Coniguration of FCN/FCJ Development Environment ...................B1-6
B1.2.3
FCN/FCJ Software Coniguration ....................................................B1-7
B1.2.4
Hardware Coniguration of FCN/FCJ CPU Modules .......................B1-8
B1.2.5
Making FCN Hardware Dual-Redundant ......................................B1-10
B1.2.6
FCN/FCJ Control Network .............................................................B1-12
B1.2.7
Connection to Display Unit.............................................................B1-15
B1.2.8
Connecting FCN/FCJ OPC Server for Windows ...........................B1-17
Procedure for Building Systems ................................................................ B1-18
B1.3.1
Initial Settings of FCN/FCJ Autonomous Controllers.....................B1-19
B1.3.2
Creation of Control Applications ....................................................B1-21
B1.3.3
Precautions on the Creation of Control Applications .....................B1-23
Development Environment Setup .............................................................. B1-24
B1.4.1
Installation ......................................................................................B1-25
B1.5
Operation Status of FCN/FCJ Autonomous Controllers ......................... B1-26
B1.6
Resource Conigurator................................................................................ B1-29
B1.7
B1.8
B1.9
B1.6.1
Functional Overview of Resource Conigurator ............................B1-29
B1.6.2
Starting Resource Conigurator .....................................................B1-30
B1.6.3
Operation of Resource Conigurator..............................................B1-30
B1.6.4
Resource Coniguration Editor ......................................................B1-30
Logic Designer ............................................................................................. B1-32
B1.7.1
Functional Overview ......................................................................B1-32
B1.7.2
Starting Logic Designer..................................................................B1-32
B1.7.3
Operation of Logic Designer ..........................................................B1-32
FCN/FCJ Simulator ...................................................................................... B1-33
B1.8.1
Function Speciications ..................................................................B1-33
B1.8.2
Starting FCN/FCJ Simulator ..........................................................B1-36
B1.8.3
Operation of FCN/FCJ Simulator...................................................B1-36
FCN-RTU Ethernet Power Saving Function .............................................. B1-37
B1.9.1
Ethernet Operating Status .............................................................B1-37
B1.9.2
Transition Methods ........................................................................B1-38
B1.9.3
Operations when Starting and Shutting Down the System ...........B1-40
IM 34P02Q01-01E
16th Edition : Mar. 04,2011-00
xvii
B1.10
I/O Processing .............................................................................................. B1-41
B1.10.1
Device Labels and Device Label Variables ...................................B1-41
B1.10.2
Timing of I/O Data Update .............................................................B1-43
B1.10.3
Disconnecting I/O Modules ............................................................B1-44
B1.10.4
Time Synchronization Function .....................................................B1-45
B1.11
License .......................................................................................................... B1-48
B1.12
Messages ...................................................................................................... B1-49
B1.13
System Flags/Interface Flags ..................................................................... B1-50
B1.13.1
B1.14
B2.
B3.
Functions of Interface Flags...........................................................B1-51
Online Help ................................................................................................... B1-53
Advanced Settings Using Web Browser .............................................B2-1
B2.1
Screen Organization ..................................................................................... B2-2
B2.2
Connecting to FCN/FCJ Autonomous Controllers .................................... B2-3
B2.2.1
Setting up Web Browser ..................................................................B2-3
B2.2.2
Connecting to FCN/FCJ Autonomous Controllers...........................B2-3
B2.3
Maintenance Homepage ............................................................................... B2-4
B2.4
Maintenance Menu ......................................................................................... B2-6
B2.4.1
System Setting Files ........................................................................B2-8
B2.4.2
Editing System Setting Files ............................................................B2-9
B2.4.3
Displaying System Setting Files ....................................................B2-10
B2.4.4
Initializing System Setting Files .....................................................B2-11
B2.4.5
Reboot............................................................................................B2-12
B2.4.6
Setting Date and Time ...................................................................B2-13
B2.4.7
Saving Retain Data ........................................................................B2-14
B2.4.8
Displaying Log Files .......................................................................B2-15
B2.4.9
Displaying Resource Coniguration ...............................................B2-16
B2.4.10
Displaying CPU status (except FCN-RTU)....................................B2-18
B2.4.11
Downloading Backup Tools............................................................B2-19
Online Download ....................................................................................B3-1
B3.1
Outline of Online Download Function ......................................................... B3-1
B3.2
Operation Environment ................................................................................. B3-2
B3.3
Details of Online Download Function .......................................................... B3-4
B3.4
Precautions in Use of Online Download ....................................................B3-11
B3.5
Online Download Procedure ...................................................................... B3-16
IM 34P02Q01-01E
18th Edition : Mar. 29,2013-00
xviii
Part C
C1.
Operation and Maintenance
Operation of the FCN/FCJ .....................................................................C1-1
C1.1
C1.2
FCN/FCJ Power On and Off Procedures and Operation ........................... C1-1
C1.1.1
Power On Procedure ...................................................................... C1-1
C1.1.2
Power Off Procedure ...................................................................... C1-2
C1.1.3
Reboot............................................................................................. C1-3
C1.1.4
Operation during Power Failure ...................................................... C1-3
Backup and Restore Operations .................................................................. C1-4
C1.2.1
C2.
C3.
Duplex CPU Module (FCN) ....................................................................C2-1
C2.1
Operation using Duplex CPU Modules ....................................................... C2-1
C2.2
Control Right of Duplex CPU Modules ........................................................ C2-2
C2.3
All Program Copy (APC)................................................................................ C2-3
C2.4
Replacing CPU Modules .............................................................................. C2-8
C2.5
Replacing FCN/FCJ System Cards ........................................................... C2-10
C2.6
Initializing the Control Right Information ...................................................C2-11
C2.7
Precautions................................................................................................... C2-12
I/O Module Operation .............................................................................C3-1
C3.1
Overview ......................................................................................................... C3-1
C3.2
Operation When an I/O Module Malfunctions ............................................ C3-2
C3.3
C4.
C3.2.1
Output Fallback Operation .............................................................. C3-2
C3.2.2
Operations of Other Functions When an I/O Module
Malfunctions ................................................................................... C3-3
Recovery Operations from Error Status ..................................................... C3-4
C3.3.1
Recovery Operations from CPU Errors .......................................... C3-4
C3.3.2
Restart Operation............................................................................ C3-4
Operation of FCN-RTU I/O .....................................................................C4-1
C4.1
C5.
Backup/Restore Tools Operation Overview.................................... C1-4
Overview ......................................................................................................... C4-1
Maintaining Hardware ............................................................................C5-1
C5.1
Periodic Inspection ........................................................................................ C5-2
C5.2
Maintenance and Replacement Operations................................................ C5-3
C5.3
C5.2.1
Precautions for Operation ............................................................... C5-3
C5.2.2
Replacing FCN Modules ................................................................. C5-4
C5.2.3
Disabling FCN-RTU Ethernet Power Saving Function ................... C5-7
C5.2.4
Replacing a Malfunctioning FCJ ..................................................... C5-8
Parts with Limited Lifespan .......................................................................... C5-9
C5.3.1
FCN CPU Module/FCJ Batteries .................................................... C5-9
C5.3.2
FCN Power Supply Module .......................................................... C5-20
C5.3.3
FCN I/O Module (NFDR541) ........................................................ C5-20
IM 34P02Q01-01E
17th Edition : Jun. 29,2012-00
xix
Part D
D1.
D2.
Other Features and Settings
License ....................................................................................................D1-1
D1.1
Types of Licenses .......................................................................................... D1-1
D1.2
License Issuance Procedure ........................................................................ D1-1
D1.3
Key Code ......................................................................................................... D1-1
D1.4
License ID ....................................................................................................... D1-2
D1.5
Issuing a License .......................................................................................... D1-3
Setting the IP Address ...........................................................................D2-1
D2.1
Creating the Hosts File .................................................................................. D2-1
D2.2
IP Address Assignment Rules ...................................................................... D2-2
D2.3
D3.
D2.2.1
Control Network Single Coniguration ............................................ D2-3
D2.2.2
Control Network Duplexed Coniguration ....................................... D2-5
D2.2.3
Coniguration consisting of Control Network (Single)
connected with Other Networks...................................................... D2-7
VDS IP Address Setting Procedure.............................................................. D2-9
D2.3.1
IP Address Setting Procedure
(When the Control Network is used as Single) ............................... D2-9
D2.3.2
IP Address Setting Procedure
(When Duplexing the Control Network) ........................................ D2-15
D2.4
IP Address Settings on Other Devices ...................................................... D2-18
D2.5
Settings when Connecting a Router to the Control Network.................. D2-19
Backup/Restore of all data (R3.30 or later) ..........................................D3-1
D3.1
Backup of all data (R3.30 or later) ................................................................ D3-1
D3.2
Restore of all data (R3.30 or later) ................................................................ D3-5
Appendix
Appendix 1.
Backup/Restore (R3.20 or before) .................................... App.1-1
Appendix 1.1
Backup .............................................................................................App.1-1
Appendix 1.2
Restore .............................................................................................App.1-5
Revision Information
IM 34P02Q01-01E
18th Edition : Mar. 29,2013-00
Blank Page
A-i
STARDOM
FCN/FCJ Guide
PART-A Hardware
IM 34P02Q01-01E 18th Edition
This chapter describes the hardware overview of the Autonomous Controller FCN/FCJ.
Followings are the Autonomous Controller FCN/FCJ hardware:
•
FCN autonomous controllers are modular type controllers consisting of CPU
modules, I/O modules, and others which can be added.
•
FCN-RTU low power autonomous controllers are modular type controllers consisting
of low power consumption CPU modules, wide voltage range power supply module,
and others which can be added.
•
FCJ autonomous controllers are all-in-one type controllers with a built-in I/O
interface.
IMPORTANT
In this manual, the term “FCN/FCJ” refers collectively to the FCN, FCN-RTU, and FCJ autonomous controllers. The term “FCN and FCJ” refers collectively to the FCN (excluding the FCNRTU) and FCJ autonomous controllers.
IM 34P02Q01-01E
18th Edition : Mar. 29,2013-00
Blank Page
<A1. Autonomous Controller FCN>
A1-1
A1. Autonomous Controller FCN
This section describes the hardware of the Autonomous Controller FCN (Field Control Node.)
A1.1
Structure and Names of Each Component Unit
The FCN is comprised of the following modules:
•
Base module (This is the module to which other modules such as the power supply,
CPU, and I/O modules are installed)
•
Power supply module (This is the module that supplies power to all other modules.
One power supply module is required for each unit, two are required for dualredundant coniguration.)
•
CPU module (This is the module that has CPU functions. One CPU module is
required for the main control unit, two are required for dual-redundant coniguration.)
•
I/O modules (This is the module that has I/O functions.)
•
SB bus repeat module (This is the module that expands the SB bus, which is the local
bus of the base module. This unit is required when designing an extension unit. This
module may be used as a dual-redundant coniguration.)
The FCN is capable of expanding a maximum of two extension units on the control unit.
Power supply module
CPU module
Control unit
SB bus repeat module
Base module
extension unit
T-joint
SB bus cable
extension unit
A010101E.ai
Figure Component Units of the Autonomous Controller FCN
n Maximum Number of I/O Modules
The FCN can be used to conigure a system that matches the requirements by combining control
units and extension units.
Table
Maximum I/O Module Conigurations
Base Module
Base module for FCN
Base module for FCN-RTU
*1:
*2:
*3:
Unit Coniguration
Standard
Duplexed (*1)
Control unit only
Max. 8 modules
Max. 6 modules
With 1 extension unit
Max. 16 modules
Max. 12 modules
With 2 extension unit
Max. 25 modules
Max. 20 modules
Control unit (*2)
Max. 3 modules
Not applicable (*3)
When CPU and SB bus repeat modules are duplexed
SB bus repeat modules cannot be mounted on NFBU050.
Neither power supply nor CPU modules can be duplexed on NFBU050.
IM 34P02Q01-01E
14th Edition : Aug. 28,2009-00
A1-2
<A1. Autonomous Controller FCN>
l Installation Example
[Control unit: Dual-redundant configuration]
[Control unit: Single configuration]
Ethernet
10
Unit:1
Slot
1
2
3
4
IOM
9
IOM
PWM
8
IOM
PWM
7
IOM
IOM
6
IOM
IOM
5
IOM
IOM
4
CPU
IOM
3
CPU
IOM
2
IOM
1
IOM
Slot
IOM
PWM
Unit:1
CPU
DMY
Ethernet
5
6
7
8
9
10
[One control unit, two expansion units
Dual-redundant configuration (Two CPU’s,
two SB buses, two power supplies)]
[One control unit, two expansion units
Single configuration (One CPU,
one SB bus, one power supply)]
Ethernet
NFSB
10
NFSB
NFSB
NFSB
NFSB
9
NFSB
IOM
8
IOM
IOM
7
IOM
IOM
6
IOM
5
IOM
4
IOM
3
IOM
2
IOM
1
IOM
Slot
PWM
Unit:2
PWM
10
NFSB
9
IOM
8
IOM
7
IOM
6
IOM
5
IOM
4
IOM
3
IOM
2
IOM
1
IOM
Slot
PWM
Unit:2
DMY
IOM
10
IOM
9
IOM
8
IOM
7
IOM
6
PWM
5
IOM
4
IOM
3
IOM
2
IOM
1
CPU
PWM
Slot
CPU
PWM
Unit:1
PWM
NFSB
10
NFSB
IOM
9
IOM
IOM
8
IOM
IOM
7
IOM
IOM
6
IOM
IOM
5
IOM
IOM
4
IOM
3
IOM
IOM
CPU
2
IOM
1
IOM
PWM
Slot
PWM
Unit:1
DMY
DMY
Ethernet
Unit:3
Slot
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
Unit:3
Slot
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
[Base module for FCN-RTU]
Slot
1
3
4
IOM
IOM
2
IOM
Code
CPU
PWM
Ethernet
5
Module
PWM
Power supply module
CPU
CPU module
IOM
I/O module
NFSB
SB bus repeat module
DMY
Dummy cover for power supply module slot
A010102E.ai
Figure Installation Example of Autonomous Control FCN Modules
IM 34P02Q01-01E
14th Edition : Aug. 28,2009-00
A1-3
<A1. Autonomous Controller FCN>
n External View
l When Attaching to 19-inch Rack
Unit : mm
440
21.3
170.8
152.4
17.6
482.6
465.7
18.4
37.7 57.1
132.5
8.45
A010103E.ai
Figure External View for FCN (When Using NFBU200)
l When Attaching to DIN Rail
1.25 18
Unit : mm
18
401.5
165.3
68
131
63
CENTER OF
DIN RAIL
(45.5)35.5(50)
63.25 (67.75)
444
440.2
19
7
30.5 1
16
A010104E.ai
Figure External View for FCN (When Using NFBU200)
Unit : mm
283
273
243.6
152.5
16.1
3.6
10.5
66.5
131
110
5
19.7
A010105E.ai
Figure External View for FCN (When Using NFBU050)
IM 34P02Q01-01E
14th Edition : Aug. 28,2009-00
A1-4
<A1. Autonomous Controller FCN>
A1.2
Base Module
The base module is used to install various function modules (power supply modules,
CPU modules, SB bus repeat modules, and I/O modules) to form the control unit and
expansion unit.
n Functions
Table
Maximum I/O Module Conigurations
Model
NFBU200
NFBU050
*1:
*2:
*3:
Usage
“Number of Mountable
I/O Modules”
Control unit
8 (*1)
Extension unit
9 (*2)
Control unit
3 (*3)
“Number of Mountable
Power Spply Modules”
SB bus
1 or 2 (when duplex)
Duplex
1
Single
Two from the ten slots are exclusive for at least one CPU module in the control unit.
One from the ten slots is exclusive for at least one SB bus repeat module in the extension unit.
Two from the ten slots are exclusive for one CPU module. No SB bus repeat modules can be mounted.
IMPORTANT
Always install dummy covers for slots that are open in the unit.
n Speciication
Table
Base Module Speciication
Speciication
Item
Model name
NFBU200-S0
NFBU200-S1
NFBU050-S1
Mass
1.9 kg
1.0 kg
0.53 kg
Dimensions (W/H/D)
482.6 x 132.5 x 40.5 mm 440 x 131 x 42.3 mm
Installation type
Current
consumption
Insulation
*1:
5V
24 V
19-inch rack installation
283 x 131 x 24.2 mm
DIN rail installation
Self0.4 A (max)
consumption
SelfNone
consumption
0.025 A
Functional insulation between the 19-inch rack/DIN rail and base module.
(*1)
When installed on the 19-inch rack, the supplied insulated bushings must be used.
IM 34P02Q01-01E
14th Edition : Aug. 28,2009-00
A1-5
<A1. Autonomous Controller FCN>
n External View
21.3
440
8.45
482.6
465.7
Unit : mm
40.5
18.4
37.7
57.1
132.5
17.6
A010201E.ai
Figure Base Module NFBU200 [Installed on Panel (19-inch rack)]
1.25 18
401.5
Unit : mm
18
35
444
440.2
16
131
1.9
7
A010202E.ai
Figure Base Module NFBU200 [Installed on DIN Rails]
Unit : mm
24.2
20.6
16.1
10.5
66.5
110
131
283
273
243.6
A010203E.ai
Figure Base Module NFBU050
IM 34P02Q01-01E
14th Edition : Aug. 28,2009-00
<A1. Autonomous Controller FCN>
A1-6
n Settings (NFBU200 Only)
The base module has the following items that must be set:
•
Unit number
•
Duplex setting of CPU modules
l Unit Number Setting (SW1)
SW1 next to the P1 slot must be set according to the silk screen-printed diagram that
corresponds to the unit number to be used. (Default factory setting: Unit 1)
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
Unit 1
Unit 2
(Default factory setting)
Unit 3
A010204E.ai
Figure Unit Number Settings (SW1)
l Duplex CPU Module Setting (SW2)
When duplex CPU modules are used in a control unit, SW2 next to Slot2 must be set to [CPU x
2] according to the silk screen-printed diagram.
The switch must be set to [Other] at all other times (when the module is set to Single CPU or
expansion unit). (Default factory setting: Other)
[CPU x 2]
[Other]
(Default factory
setting)
A010205E.ai
Figure Duplex CPU Module Setting (SW2)
IMPORTANT
When the module is set to [CPU x 2], install the CPU modules to Slot3 and Slot4. If I/O modules
are installed in Slot3 or Slot4, the CPU module cannot be controlled properly. It also may cause
errors in the control or standby operation of the CPU module if the CPU module is installed when
the unit is set to [Other].
IM 34P02Q01-01E
14th Edition : Aug. 28,2009-00
A1-7
<A1. Autonomous Controller FCN>
P1
P2
Slot-1
Slot-2
Slot-3
SW1
1234
12345678
SW2
TM1
CN11
TM2
CN12
CN9
CN10
CN1
Unit number setting (SW1)
Duplexed settings of the CPU module (SW2)
A010206E.ai
Figure Base Module Settings
IM 34P02Q01-01E
1st Edition : Apr.24,2002-00
<A1. Autonomous Controller FCN>
A1.3
A1-8
Power Supply Module
The power supply module is installed on base module, and supplies stable power to each
module.
It may be used for a duplexed coniguration on base module NFBU200.
It is equipped with an input terminal for analog ield power (24V DC) and power is supplied
through the base module to each I/O module via this terminal. As for digital output
modules, some I/O modules require this type of ield power (24V DC). In this case, power
must be supplied to each I/O module terminal (For details, see the speciication of each
I/O module.)
SEE
ALSO
For more information about ield power, refer to A1.13.3 “Field Power Supply” .
IMPORTANT
Power supply module NFPW426 cannot be used for FCN.
IM 34P02Q01-01E
14th Edition : Aug. 28,2009-00
A1-9
<A1. Autonomous Controller FCN>
n Speciication
Table
Power Supply Module Speciication
Speciication
Item
NFPW441
NFPW442
Rated input voltage
100 to 120 V AC
220 to 240 V AC
Input voltage range
80 to 132 V AC (rms)
170 to 264 V AC (rms) 21.6 to 31.2 V DC
Input frequency
47 Hz to 66 Hz (Rating: 50/60 Hz)
-
Input current
Max. 1.4 A
Max. 0.7 A
Max. 3.3 A
Fuse rating
3.15 A
3.15 A
6.3 A
Rush current
Max. 80 A for 5 ms
or less
Max. 90 A for 5 ms
or less
Max. 20 A
Leak current
Max. 1 mA
-
Insulation withstand
voltage
3000 V AC for 1 minute
500 V AC for 1 minute
Insulation resistance
50 MΩ (at 500 V DC)
Instantaneous power
failure sense delay
time
10 ms (80%)
Rated output voltage
+5.1 V DC
Rated output current
0 to 7.8 A
Peak current
11.8 A
Total output
40 W (peak 60W)
Model name
Input
Power
supply
Output
Startup time after
power-on
NFPW444
24 V DC
2 ms (90%)
Max. 300 ms
Max. 100 ms (during instantaneous power failure of 200 ms during
rated input)
Overvoltage protection Max. 7V
Overcurrent protection Min. 105% (Shutdown after 4 to 14 seconds later)
Analog
ield
power
supply
Input
Rated input voltage
24 V DC ± 10%
Input current
Max. 4 A
Fuse rating
6.3 A
Rated output voltage
Input voltage minus matching-diode drop
Output Rated output current
4A
Overvoltage protection 35 V
Duplex coniguration
Possible (when installed on base module NFBU200)
Weight
0.6 kg
Dimensions (W/H/D)
49.7 x 130 x 146.45 mm
IM 34P02Q01-01E
18th Edition : Mar. 29,2013-00
<A1. Autonomous Controller FCN>
A1-10
n External View
146.45
49.7
SYS
132.95
POWER
FLD
+5V
+24V
CHECK
130
GND
A010302E.ai
Figure Power Supply Module
n Terminals/LED’s
Table
Power Supply Terminals (NFPW441, NFPW442)
Pin No
Signal name
Function
1
FLD24 V DC+
24 V analog ield power supply (+)
2
FLD24 V DC-
24 V analog ield power supply (-)
3
G( )
Ground of line ilter
4
L
Power input L
5
N
Power input N
Table
Power Supply Terminals (NFPW444)
Pin No
Signal name
Function
1
FLD 24V DC+
24 V analog ield power supply (+)
2
FLD 24V DC-
24 V analog ield power supply (-)
3
G( )
Ground of line ilter
4
+
Power input +
5
-
Power input -
Table
Check Terminals
Pin No
Signal name
Function
1
+5 V-CHK
5 V system power supply check
2
+24 V-CHK
24 V analog ield power supply check
3
GND
Signal ground
IM 34P02Q01-01E
3rd Edition : Dec.25,2002-00
<A1. Autonomous Controller FCN>
Table
A1-11
LED Displays
Display LED
Display color
Description
SYS-POWER
Green
Lit: 5 V system power being supplied
FLD-POWER
Green
Lit: 24 V analog ield power being supplied
NFPW441-10
SYS
POWER
FLD
+5V
+24V CHECK
GND
Status lamp
Check terminal
MAINT
FLD
24V DC=
+
_
L
Power supply terminal
N
100-120
V AC~
Tabs for the locks of the protective cover
A010307E.ai
Figure Power Supply Module Terminals
IM 34P02Q01-01E
3rd Edition : Dec.25,2002-00
<A1. Autonomous Controller FCN>
A1.4
A1-12
CPU Module
One CPU module is mounted in each control unit, or two for a duplexed CPU
coniguration. The CPU module runs a real-time operating system, supports
programming languages compliant to the IEC 61131-3 international standard, and serves
as a Java virtual machine.
n Speciication
Table
CPU Module Speciication
Speciication
Item
Model name
NFCP100-S0
CPU
MMX-Pentium 166 MHz
Memory
Main
128 MB with ECC functions (*1)
Static RAM
1 MB with ECC, backed up by battery (*2)
System card
1 slot (*3)
Serial Port (*5)
RS-232-C: 1 port
D-Sub 9pin (male) (*4)
Communication method
Full duplex
Synchronization method
Asynchronous
Communication speeds
0.3, 1.2, 2.4, 4.8, 9.6, 14.4, 19.2, 28.8, 38.4, 57.6,
115.2 kbps
Network interface
100/10 Mbps (100BASETX, 10BASE-T) Ethernet
2-port RJ-45 modular jack
I/O interface
SB bus (duplex)
RAS function
WDT, temperature monitoring, etc.
Battery
Li battery, 2700 mAH
Display
CPU status display (3LED), LAN status display
Switches
Reset, shutdown
Power
supply
Supply voltage
5 VDC ± 5%
Current dissipation
Max. 1800mA
Duplex coniguration
Possible (*6)
Weight
0.7 kg
Size
*1:
*2:
*3:
*4:
*5:
*6:
Dimensions (W/H/D)
65.8 x 132 x 145.7 mm
Occupying slots
2
128 MB for S2 (Style 2) or later, 32 MB for S1 (Style 1).
1 MB for S3 (Style 3) or later, 512 KB for S1 (Style 1) or S2 (Style 2).
Please use a couple of FCN/FCJ system cards of the same type to make the CPU module dual-redundant.
Connectors are fastened using inch screw threads (No. 4-40 UNC).
By default factory setting, low controls are disabled.
Flow controls can be enabled by editing “COM Port Setting File” on “FCX Maintenance Menu.”
For more information, refer to the Help of “FCX Maintenance Menu.”
A serial port cannot be used when CPU modules are conigured in redundancy.
In case of duplexed CPU, the S1 and the S2/S3 cannot be combined. The S2 and the S3 can be combined; however, it functions
within S2.
IM 34P02Q01-01E
16th Edition : Mar. 04,2011-00
<A1. Autonomous Controller FCN>
A1-13
n External View
Reset switch
Shutdown switch
Display LED (from left)
HRDY
RDY
CTRL
System card ejection button
NFCP100-S00
S1
HRDY RDY CTRL
SYSTEM
MEDIA
RESET
CPU MODULE
MODEL NFCP100
SUFFIX –OO STYLE S1
011E07002B
NO.
SHUT
DOWN
MAC ADDRESS:00006482C001
00006482C002
N200
NETWORK
SERIAL
Made in Japan
System card
Serial port
MAC address
Communication Status LED (from top)
LINK
ACT
Network interface
A010402E.ai
Figure CPU Module
n Terminals/LEDs/Switches
l Terminals/LEDs
Table
Serial Port (D-SUB 9pin Male)
Pin No
Signal name
Function
1
CD
Data channel receiving carrier detection
2
RD
Receiving data
3
SD
Transmission data
4
ER
Data terminal ready
5
SG
Signal ground
6
DR
Data set ready
7
RS
Transmission request
8
CS
Transmission enabled
9
-
Not used
5
4
3
2
1
9
8
7
6
Figure Pin Position (Front View)
IM 34P02Q01-01E
17th Edition : Jun. 29,2012-00
<A1. Autonomous Controller FCN>
Table
Network Interface (RJ45 Type Modular Jack)
Pin No
Signal name
Transmission data (+)
-
2
Transmission data (-)
-
3
Receiving data (+)
-
4
Not used
-
5
Not used
-
6
Receiving data (-)
-
7
Not used
-
8
Not used
-
Operation Status Display LEDs
Name
SEE
ALSO
Function
1
Table
A1-14
Color
Description
HRDY
Green
Lights when the hardware is normal.
RDY
Green
Lights when the system is normal.
CTRL
Green
Lights when the control actions are carried out
normally.
The displays of the CPU operation status display LEDs are different depending on the status, such as during
startup or in duplex coniguration. For details on the CPU operation status display LEDs, see B1.5, “Operation
Status of FCN/FCJ Autonomous Controllers.”
Table
RJ45 Modular Connector LEDs
Mame
Color
Description
LINK
Green
Lights when the connection to a hub is normal.
ACT
Orange
Lights when the transmission/reception is on.
l Reset Switch
This switch is used to restart the CPU module.
l Shutdown Switch
This switch is used to terminate the CPU module operation safely.
l FCN/FCJ System Card
This is used to install FCN/FCJ system cards.
IMPORTANT
Do not install or remove FCN/FCJ system cards while the power of the FCN/FCJ is on.
IM 34P02Q01-01E
14th Edition : Aug. 28,2009-00
<A1. Autonomous Controller FCN>
A1.4.1
A1-15
FCN/FCJ System Card
The FCN/FCJ system card contains all information necessary for FCN/FCJ operation.
Some of the main information stored in the system card are as follows:
•
OS and various drivers
•
Control engine
•
Control application
•
Network setting information
•
I/O setting information
•
Java runtime environment
•
Java application
The FCN/FCJ system card is used by installing it in the dedicated slot of the FCN/FCJ.
IMPORTANT
•
Do not install or remove FCN/FCJ system cards while the power of the FCN/FCJ is on.
•
Avoid touching the terminal area.
•
Avoid heat, moisture, and direct sunlight.
•
Do not apply shock.
•
Do not remove during operation.
n External View
42.80±0.10
FCN/FCJ
35.40±0.15
SYSTEM CARD
(Top)
MODEL
NT255AA
SUFFIX
-0
REV.
NO.
YOKOGAWA  Made in Japan
[Label]
A010407E.ai
Figure System Card
IM 34P02Q01-01E
5th Edition : Jan.30,2004-00
<A1. Autonomous Controller FCN>
A1-16
n FCN/FCJ System Card Installation/Removal Procedures
Follow the procedures below to install or remove the FCN/FCJ system card.
l Installation Procedures for the FCN/FCJ System Card
1.
Align the triangle on the upper right of the front of the FCN/FCJ system card with the triangle
on the system card insertion slot. Insert the card.
2.
Push the FCN/FCJ system card slowly until the system card ejection button is about the
same height at the FCN/FCJ system card itself.
l Removal Procedures for the FCN/FCJ System Card
1.
Press the system card ejection button slowly.
2.
When the system card ejection button is pressed, the FCN/FCJ system card is ejected.
Remove the system card slowly.
S1
NFCP100-S00
System card ejection button
HRDY RDY CTRL
System card insertion slot
SYSTEM
CARD
RESET
Install by aligning the
marks.
SHUT
DOWN
NETWORK
SERIAL
2
FCN/FCJ
SYSTEM CARD
MODEL NT225AA
SUFFIX -0
REV. R1.00.00
NO.
-AA0A0000
1
Made in Japan
A010408E.ai
Figure Installing the FCN/FCJ System Card into the FCN CPU Module
SYSTEM
CARD
System card ejection button
RESET
System card insertion slot
SERIAL
2
Install by aligning the
marks together.
SHUT
DOWN
NETWORK
1
2
1
FCN/FCJ
SYSTEM CARD
MODEL NT225AA
SUFFIX -0
REV. R1.00.00
NO.
-AA0A0000
Made in Japan
A010409E.ai
Figure Installing the FCN/FCJ System Card
IMPORTANT
Insert or remove the FCN/FCJ system card when the CPU module is turned off.
IM 34P02Q01-01E
9th Edition : Feb.24,2006-00
<A1. Autonomous Controller FCN>
A1.5
A1-17
SB Bus Repeat Module
The SB bus repeat module is used to extend the SB bus within the control unit to the
expansion unit.
To use the SB bus in duplex, two SB bus repeat modules must be installed for each unit.
Each SB bus repeat module is connected using special cables via special T - joint.
IMPORTANT
SB bus repeat module (NFSB100) cannot be used on base module for FCN-RTU (NFBU050).
n Speciication
Table
SB Bus Repeat Module Speciication
Speciication
Item
Model
NFSB100
Transmission method
Serial communication
Baud rate
128 Mbps
Transmission distance
Max. 8 m per train
Extension units
Max. 2 units (3 units including a control unit)
Duplex coniguration
Power
supply
5 V DC ± 5%
Current dissipation
Max. 500 mA
Weight
Size
Possible
Supply voltage
0.2 kg
Dimensions (W/H/D)
32.8 x 130 x 142.5 mm
Occupying slots
1
Slots to be installed in
Slot No. 10 (for single SB bus)
Slot Nos. 9 and 10 (for duplexed SB bus)
n External View
Operation Status Display LEDs
STATUS
SND
RCV
A010503E.ai
Figure SB Bus Repeat Module (T-joint attached: no terminating resistor)
IM 34P02Q01-01E
18th Edition : Mar. 29,2013-00
A1-18
<A1. Autonomous Controller FCN>
Operation Status Display LEDs
STATUS : Normal hardware status
SND
: Sending
RCV
: Receiving
A010504E.ai
Figure SB Bus Repeat Module (T-joint attached: with terminating resistor)
n LEDs/T-joint
l LED
Table
Operation Status Display LEDs
Display LED
Display color
Description
STATUS
Green
Lights when the hardware is normal.
SND
Green
Lights when the transmission is on.
RCV
Green
Lights when the reception is on.
l T-joint
There are two types of splitters for the SB bus repeat module. One type is with no terminating
resistor (NFSBT01) and one is with a terminating resistor (NFSBT02).
A T-joint with terminating resistor (NFSBT02) must be used for the SB bus repeat Module
installed in the control unit and the last expansion unit.
The T-joint without terminating resistor (NFSBT01) must be installed on the second Expansion
unit and is used to connect the irst control unit and the third expansion unit when the unit
coniguration is in three units.
IM 34P02Q01-01E
2nd Edition : Aug.28,2002-00
<A1. Autonomous Controller FCN>
A1.6
A1-19
I/O Modules
I/O modules are signal converters used to convert the analog or digital signals from the
ield into a data format that can be processed by the control application. They are also
used to output the data processed by the control application to the ield.
I/O modules can be classiied into the following types:
•
Analog I/O module
•
Digital I/O module
•
Communication module
Table
Combinations of I/O Modules and Terminal Blocks (1/2)
Model
name
–
Terminal
block
Module name
MIL
connector
Analog I/O Modules
NFAI141 Analog Input Module (4 to 20 mA, 16-Channel, Non-Isolated)
NFTA4S
MIL 40 pins
NFAV141 Analog Input Module (1 to 5 V, 16-Channel, Non-Isolated)
NFTA4S
MIL 40 pins
NFAV142 Analog Input Module (-10 V to +10V, 16-Channel, Non-Isolated)
NFTA4S
MIL 40 pins
NFAI841
Analog I/O Module (4 to 20 mA Input, 4 to 20 mA Output,
8-Channel Input/8-Channel Output, Non-Isolated)
NFTA4S
MIL 40 pins
NFAB841
Analog I/O Module (1 to 5 V Input, 4 to 20 mA Output,
8-Channel Input/8-Channel Output, Non-Isolated)
NFTA4S
MIL 40 pins
NFAV542 Analog Output Module (-10 V to +10 V, 16-Channel, Non-Isolated)
NFTA4S
MIL 40 pins
NFAI143 Analog Input Module (4 to 20 mA, 16-Channel, Isolated)
NFTA4S
MIL 40 pins
NFAI543 Analog Output Module (4 to 20 mA, 16-Channel, Isolated)
NFTA4S
MIL 40 pins
NFAV144 Analog Input Module (-10 V to +10V, 16-Channel, Isolated)
NFTA4S
MIL 40 pins
NFAV544 Analog Output Module (-10 V to +10 V, 16-Channel, Isolated)
NFTA4S
MIL 40 pins
NFAT141 Thermocouple/mV Input Module (*1) (16-Channel, Isolated)
NFTT4S MIL 40 pins (*1)
NFAR181 RTD Input Module (12-Channel, Isolated)
NFTR8S
–
NFAI135 Analog Input Module (4 to 20 mA, 8-Channel, Isolated Channels)
NFTI3S
MIL 40 pins
NFAI835 Analog I/O Module (4 to 20 mA, 4-Channel Input/4-Channel Output, Isolated Channels)
NFTI3S
MIL 40 pins
NFAP135 Pulse Input Module (8-Channel, Pulse Count, 0 to 10 kHz, Isolated Channels)
NFTI3S
MIL 40 pins
NFTI3S
MIL 40 pins
NFDV151 Digital Input Module (32-Channel, 24 V DC)
NFTB5S
MIL 50 pins
NFDV157 Digital Input Module (32-Channel, 24 V DC, Pressure Clamp Terminal Support Only)
NFTC5S
–
–
MIL 50 pins x 2
NFDV141 Digital Input Module (16-Channel, 100 - 120 V AC)
NFTC4S-5
–
NFDV142 Digital Input Module (16-Channel, 200 - 220 V AC)
NFTC4S-6
–
NFAF135
Frequency Input Module (8-channel, Contact ON/OFF, Voltage pulse, 0.1 Hz to 10
kHz, Isolated channels)
–
Digital I/O Modules
NFDV161 Digital Input Module (64-Channel, 24 V DC)
NFDV532 Pulse Width Output Module (4-channel : Up Pulse/Down Pulse, 24 V DC, Isolated)
NFTD5S
MIL50 pins
NFDV551 Digital Output Module (32-Channel, 24 V DC)
NFTD5S
MIL 50 pins
NFDV557 Digital Output Module (32-Channel, 24 V DC, Pressure Clamp Terminal Support Only)
NFTC5S
–
–
MIL 50 pins x 2
NFTC4S-7
–
NFDV561 Digital Output Module (64-Channel, 24 V DC)
NFDR541 Relay Output Module (16-Channel, 24 to 110 V DC,100 to 240 V AC)
IM 34P02Q01-01E
17th Edition : Jun. 29,2012-00
<A1. Autonomous Controller FCN>
Table
Combinations of I/O Modules and Terminal Blocks (2/2)
Model
name
–
A1-20
Module name
Terminal
block
MIL
connector
Communication Modules
NFLC121 CANopen Communication Module (1-port, 10kbps to 1Mbps)
–
–
NFTF9S
–
NFLP121 PROFIBUS-DP Communication Module (1-port, 9.6kbps to 12Mbps)
–
–
NFLR111 RS-232-C Communication Module (2-port, 300 bps to 115.2 kbps)
–
–
NFLR121 RS-422/RS-485 Communication Module (2-port, 300 bps to 115.2 kbps)
–
–
NFLF111 Foundation Fieldbus communication module (4-port)
*1:
When a MIL connector cable is connected, the NFAT141 serves as a mV input module and no thermocouple signal can be connected.
Note: A MIL cable connector cover (NFCCC01) is provided for the connection via a MIL connector.
n External View
Status display LEDs
STATUS
ACT
DX
STATUS ACT
Communication State
Display LEDs
RCV
SND
DX
CN1
General Example of
Connector Connection
RS-232-C
Communication Module
RS-422/RS-485
Communication Module
A010602E.ai
Figure I/O Module
SEE
ALSO
The appearance varies depending on the I/O module. For the individual external view of each I/O module, see
“Analog I/O Module” (GS 34P02Q31-01E), “Digital I/O Module” (GS 34P02Q35-01E), “Serial Communication
Module”(GS 34P02Q36-01E), “CANopen Communication Module” GS 34P02Q58-01E), or “PROFIBUS-DP
Communication Module” (GS 34P02Q57-01E).
IM 34P02Q01-01E
17th Edition : Jun. 29,2012-00
<A1. Autonomous Controller FCN>
A1-21
n Terminals/LEDs
Table
Operation Status Display LEDs
Display LED
STATUS
Display color
Green
Description
Lights when the hardware is normal
ACT
Green
Lights when input/output actions are carried out
DX
Green
(Not used)
Table
Communication State Display LED
Display LED
Display color
Description
RCV (1/2)
Green
Reception in progress
SND (1/2)
Green
Transmission in progress
NFLRxxx-S00 S1
1
1
2
2
A010626E.ai
Figure LED of NFLRxxx
SEE
ALSO
Communication Status Display LED varies depending on each communication module.
For details, see “Serial Communication Module” (GS 34P02Q36-01E), “CANopen Communication Module” (GS
34P02Q58-01E), “PROFIBUS-DP Communication Module” (GS 34P02Q57-01E).
IM 34P02Q01-01E
17th Edition : Jun. 29,2012-00
A1-22
<A1. Autonomous Controller FCN>
n Setting Elements
The transmitter power supply of the current input and current input/output modules can be
enabled or disabled by the pin settings depending on the transmitter type.
l NFAI141, NFAI143 Settings
Use setting pins S1 to S16 located on the printed circuit board on the right side of the NFAI141,
NFAI143 current Input module.
Table
Setting Pins for the NFAI141, NFAI143 Current Input Module
Setting pin Setting
display
pins
Transmitter power
supply
Transmitter power
supply
Remark
Remark
Setting
Enabled
Disabled Channel
Enabled
Disabled Channel
Pin
(2-wire type) (4-wire type)
(2-wire type) (4-wire type)
No.
No.
S1 to S16
S1
1
2
2
3
1
S5
1
2
2
3
5
1 2 3
4 5 6
S2
4
5
5
6
2
S6
4
5
5
6
6
S3
1
2
2
3
3
S7
1
2
2
3
7
S4
4
5
5
6
4
S8
4
5
5
6
8
S9
1
2
2
3
9
S13
1
2
2
3
13
S10
4
5
5
6
10
S14
4
5
5
6
14
S11
1
2
2
3
11
S15
1
2
2
3
15
S12
4
5
5
6
12
S16
4
5
5
6
16
Enabling the power supply (2-wire type)
1
2
5
6
3
4
7
8
PIN SETTING
9
10
13
14
11
12
15
16
Odd-number
channel
1
2
3
Even-number
channel
4
5
6
Disabling the power supply (4-wire type)
1
2
3
Odd-number
channel
Even-number
channel
4
5
6
A010604E.ai
Figure NFAI141, NFAI143 Current Input Module Settings
IM 34P02Q01-01E
17th Edition : Jun. 29,2012-00
A1-23
<A1. Autonomous Controller FCN>
l NFAI841 Settings
Use setting pins S1 to S8 located on the printed circuit board on the right side of the NFAI841
current I/O module.
Table
Setting Pins for the NFAI841 Current I/O Module
Transmitter power
Remark
supply
Setting pin Setting
display
pins
S1 to S8
S1
1 2 3
4 5 6
Enabled
Disabled
Channel No.
(2-wire type) (4-wire type)
1
2
2
3
1
Enabling the power supply (2-wire type)
Odd-number
channel
1
2
3
Even-number
channel
4
5
6
S2
4
5
5
6
2
S3
1
2
2
3
3
S4
4
5
5
6
4
S5
1
2
2
3
5
S6
4
5
5
6
6
S7
1
2
2
3
7
S8
4
5
5
6
8
Disabling the power supply (4-wire type)
1
2
3
Odd-number
channel
Even-number
channel
4
5
6
A010605E.ai
1
2
3
4
PIN SETTING
5
6
7
8
A010606E.ai
Figure NFAI841 Current I/O Module Settings
IM 34P02Q01-01E
17th Edition : Jun. 29,2012-00
A1-24
<A1. Autonomous Controller FCN>
A1.6.1
Analog I/O Module (Speciication)
The speciication of the Analog I/O module is shown below.
l Current/Voltage Input Module (Non-Isolated Type)
Table
Current/Voltage Input Module (Non-Isolated Type)
Speciications
Items
NFAI141 (*3)
Model
NFAV141
NFAV142
Number of input channels
16, non-isolated
16, non-isolated
(differential input)
Input signal
4 to 20 mA
1 to 5 V (allowable common
-10 to 10 V
mode voltage 1 V or less)
Allowable input current/voltage
27 mA
± 7.5 V
± 13 V
Overcurrent protection
Provided
—
—
250 Ω (*1)
500 kΩ or more
1 MΩ or more
340 kΩ or more
1 MΩ or more
660 kΩ or more
Input resistance
Power ON
Power OFF
Accuracy
16, non-isolated
± 0.1% of full scale
Data refresh cycle
10 ms
Input step response time
100 ms
Transmitter power supply
22.8 to 26.4 V (output
current limit: 27 mA) (*2)
—
—
Setting of 2-wire or 4-wire
transmitter
For each channel by setting
—
pin
—
Temperature drift
Max. ± 0.01%/ °C
Maximum current consumption
310 mA (5 V DC)
450 mA (24 V DC)
350 mA (5 V DC)
—
350 mA (5 V DC)
—
Weight
0.2 kg
0.2 kg
0.2 kg
External connection
Pressure clamp terminal, MIL connector cable
*1:
*2:
*3:
A voltage drop by up to 3 V may occur due to the internal protection circuit.
Depends on the actual voltage applied by analog ield power supply (24 V DC) via base module.
When this I/O module is used with 2-wire transmitter, 24 V DC needs to be supplied to an analog ield power supply terminal of
the power supply module.
IM 34P02Q01-01E
17th Edition : Jun. 29,2012-00
<A1. Autonomous Controller FCN>
A1-25
l Current/Voltage I/O Module (Non-Isolated Type)
Table
Current/Voltage I/O Module (Non-Isolated Type)
Speciications
Items
NFAI841 (*5)
Model
NFAB841 (*5)
Number of I/O channels
8-channel input/8-channel output,
non-isolated
I/O signal
Input: 4 to 20 mA
Output: 4 to 20 mA
Allowable input current/voltage
25 mA
—
± 7.5 V
—
Overcurrent protection
Provided
—
—
—
250 Ω (*1)
—
1 MΩ or more
—
Input resistance
Power ON
8-channel input/8-channel output,
non-isolated (differential input)
Input: 1 to 5 V
(allowable common
Output: 4 to 20 mA
mode voltage ± 1 V
or less)
500 kΩ or more
—
340 kΩ or more
—
Allowable load resistance
—
0 to 750 Ω (*3)
—
0 to 750 Ω
Circuit-open detection
—
0.65 mA or less
—
0.65 mA or less
Accuracy
± 0.1% of full scale
± 0.3% of full scale
± 0.1% of full scale
± 0.3% of full scale
Power OFF
Data refresh cycle
10 ms
Input step response time
100 ms
Output step response time
40 ms
Output fallback (*4)
—
Transmitter power supply
22.8 to 26.4 V
(output current limit: 27 mA)(*2)
—
Setting of 2-wire or 4-wire
transmitter
For each channel by setting pin
—
Temperature drift
Max. ± 0.01 %/ °C
Maximum current consumption
Set for each channel
—
(*3)
310 mA (5 V DC)
310 mA (5 V DC)
500 mA (24 V DC)
250 mA (24 V DC)
Weight
0.3 kg
External connection
Pressure clamp terminal, MIL connector cable
*1:
*2:
*3:
*4:
*5:
Set for each channel
(*3)
A voltage drop by up to 3 V may occur due to the internal protection circuit.
Depends on the actual voltage applied by analog ield power supply (24 V DC) via base module.
To be selected from the following where the fallback detection time is 4 seconds:
- HOLD (holds the current state [level] when the fallback action is triggered).
- SETV (sets the output to the preset level when the fallback action is triggered).
- NO (performs no fallback action).
Whether to enable output fallback actions is to be selected for each module. When enabling them, select HOLD or SETV for
each channel.
When this I/O module is used, 24 V DC needs to be supplied to an analog ield power supply terminal of the power supply
module.
IM 34P02Q01-01E
17th Edition : Jun. 29,2012-00
<A1. Autonomous Controller FCN>
A1-26
l Current Input Modules (Isolated)
Table
Current Input Modules (Isolated)
Items
Speciications
Model
NFAI143 (*1)
Number of input channels
16-channel input, isolated
Input signal
4 to 20 mA
Allowable input voltage
24 mA
Overcurrent protection
Provided
Withstanding voltage
Between input and system: 1500 V AC
Input resistance
Power ON
Power OFF
Accuracy
250 Ω
500 kΩ or more
± 0.1% of full scale
Data refresh cycle
10 ms
Input step response time
100 ms
Transmitter power supply
Setting of 2-wire or 4-wire
transmitter
Temperature drift
24.0 to 25.5 V (output current limit:25 mA)
Maximum current consumption
For each channel by setting pin
Max. ± 0.01%/ °C
230 mA (5 V DC)
540 mA (24 V DC)
Weight
0.3 kg
External connection
Pressure clamp terminal, MIL connector cable
*1:
When this I/O module is used, 24 V DC needs to be supplied to an analog ield power supply terminal of the power supply
module.
l Current Output Modules (Isolated)
Table
Current Output Modules (Isolated)
Speciications
Items
NFAI543 (*3)
Model
Number of output channels
16-channel output, isolated
Output signal
4 to 20 mA
Withstanding voltage
24 mA
Withstanding voltage
Between output and system: 1500 V AC
Allowable load resistance
0 to 750 Ω
Circuit-open detection
0.65 mA or less
Accuracy
± 0.3% of full scale
Data refresh cycle
10 ms
Output step response time
100 ms
Output fallback (*2)
Set for each channel (*1)
Temperature drift
Max. ± 0.01%/°C
Maximum current
consumption
230 mA (5 V DC)
Weight
0.4 kg
External connection
Pressure clamp terminal, MIL connector cable
*1:
*2:
*3:
540 mA (24 V DC)
HOLD: To hold output in which fallback is detected.
SETV: To output a speciied value when fallback is detected.
Select fallback [Yes/No] for each module.
If [Yes] is selected for fallback, set [HOLD/SETV] for each channel.
Fallback detection time: 4 seconds
When this I/O module is used, 24 V DC needs to be supplied to an analog ield power supply terminal of the power supply
module.
IM 34P02Q01-01E
17th Edition : Jun. 29,2012-00
<A1. Autonomous Controller FCN>
A1-27
l Voltage Input Module (Isolated)
This module inputs -10 V to +10 V DC.
Table
Voltage Input Module (Isolated)
Items
Speciications
Model
NFAV144
Number of input channels
16, isolated
Input signal
1 to 5 V
Switching input signals
1 to 5 V / -10 to +10 V: Set for channels all together
Allowable input voltage
-30 to +30 V
Withstanding voltage
Between input and system: 1500 V AC
Input resistance
Power ON
Power OFF
-10 to +10 V (*1)
1 MΩ
200 kΩ
Accuracy
± 0.1% of full scale
Data refresh cycle
10 ms
Input step response time
100 ms
Temperature drift
Max. ± 0.01%/ °C
Maximum current consumption 500 mA (5 V DC)
Weight
0.2 kg
External connection
Pressure clamp terminal, MIL connector cable
*1:
Specifying “-10 to +10 V” as the input signal enables you to set the input range on a channel basis using the resource
conigurator.
l Voltage Output Module (Isolated)
This module outputs -10 V to +10 V DC.
Table
Voltage Output Module (Isolated)
Items
Speciications
Model
NFAV544
Number of output channels
16, isolated
Output signal
-10 to +10 V
Withstanding voltage
Between input and system: 1500 V AC
Allowable load resistance
More than 5 kΩ
Accuracy
± 0.3% of full scale
Data refresh cycle
10 ms
Output step response time
40 ms
Output fallback (*2)
Set for each channel (*1)
Temperature drift
Max. ± 0.01%/ °C
Maximum current consumption 860 mA (5 V DC)
Weight
0.2 kg
External connection
Pressure clamp terminal, MIL connector cable
*1:
*2:
HOLD: To hold output in which fallback is detected.
SETV: To output a speciied value when fallback is detected.
Select fallback [Yes/No] for each module.
If [Yes] is selected for fallback, set [HOLD/SETV] for each channel.
Fallback detection time: 4 seconds
IM 34P02Q01-01E
17th Edition : Jun. 29,2012-00
<A1. Autonomous Controller FCN>
A1-28
l Voltage Output Module (Non-Isolated Type)
Table
Voltage Output Module (Non-Isolated Type)
Speciications
Items
NFAV542
Model
Number of output channels
16, non-isolated
Output signal
-10 to 10 V
Allowable load resistance
More than 10 kΩ
Accuracy
± 0.3% of full scale
Data refresh cycle
10 ms
Output step response time
40 ms
Output fallback (*2)
Set for each channel (*1)
Temperature drift
Max. ± 0.01%/ °C
Maximum current consumption 450 mA (5 V DC)
Weight
0.2 kg
External connection
Pressure clamp terminal, MIL connector cable
*1:
*2:
HOLD: To hold output in which fallback is detected.
SETV: To output a speciied value when fallback is detected.
Select fallback [Yes/No] for each module.
If [Yes] is selected for fallback, set [HOLD/SETV] for each channel.
Fallback detection time: 4 seconds
IM 34P02Q01-01E
17th Edition : Jun. 29,2012-00
<A1. Autonomous Controller FCN>
A1-29
l Thermocouple Input/Temperature-Measuring Resistor Input Module (Isolated
Type)
Table
Thermocouple Input/Temperature-Measuring Resistor Input Module (Isolated Type)
Speciications
Items
NFAT141 (*6)
Model
Number of input channels
NFAR181
Allowable input voltage
16, isolated
TC: JIS C1602 : 1995, IEC60584-1989
Type J, K, E, B(*1), R, S, T, N
JIS C1602 : 1981, IEC60584-1977
Type J, K, E, B(*1), R, S, T
IEC60584 : 1977
Type N
mV: -100 to 150 mV, -20 to 80 mV
TC/mV can be set individually for CH1 to
CH16.
±5V
Withstanding voltage
Between input and system: 1500 V AC
Input signal
Switching input signals
Input resistance
Power ON
2 MΩ or more
Power OFF
2 MΩ or more
Thermocouple inputs:
± 0.03% of full scale (for -20 to 80 mV)
mV inputs:
± 0.032% of full scale (for -100 to 150 mV)
Accuracy
Allowable total resistance of
signal source plus wiring
Effect of allowable signal
source resistance (1000 Ω)
Cold junction compensation
accuracy
Measurement current
Temperature drift
Data refresh cycle
12, isolated
RTD: JIS C1604 : 1997, IEC60751-1995
Pt100 (3-wire type)
JIS C1604 : 1989, IEC60751-1986
Pt100 (3-wire type)
JIS C1604 : 1989
JPt100 (3-wire type)
—
±5V
± 0.03% of full scale (for 0 to 400 Ω)
1000 Ω or less
40 Ω or less (wiring resistance per wire)(*2)
± 20 µV
—
Within ±1°C (*3, 4)
—
—
Thermocouple inputs: Max. ±30 ppm/°C
mV inputs: Max.±32 ppm/°C
1sec
1 mA
Max. ±30 ppm/°C
All channels can be set together.
Setting: Not available/available (UP/DOWN)
Burn-out
detection time: 60 seconds
Maximum current consumption 450 mA (5 V DC)
Weight
External connection
*1:
*2:
*3:
450 mA (5 V DC)
0.2 kg
Pressure clamp terminal, MIL connector
cable (*5)
Pressure clamp terminal
Type B dose not carry out temperature compensation and can not measure under 44°C
Each wiring resistance should be equal.
This accuracy changes due to the installation condition.
If measured temperature is lower than 0°C, multiply the above value by the following coeficient (K):
K=
Thermoelectromotive force per degree at 0 °C
Thermoelectromotive force per degree at measured temperature
A010618E.ai
*4:
Cold junction compensation accuracy varies depending on the temperature environment of pressure clamp terminal.
Table Speciications for Node only
*5:
*6:
Temperature Environment
Cold Junction Compensation accuracy
-20 to 15 °C
± 2 °C
15 to 45 °C
± 1 °C
45 to 70 °C
± 2 °C
Use a MIL connector cable for only mV input.
The NFAT141 thermocouple input module imposes limitations in installation. For more information, refer to “A1.15.2 Installing
Other Modules or to the Base Module.”
IM 34P02Q01-01E
17th Edition : Jun. 29,2012-00
<A1. Autonomous Controller FCN>
A1-30
l Current Input/Current I/O Module (Isolated Channels)
Table
Current Input/Current I/O Modules (Isolated Channels)
Speciications
Items
NFAI135 (*5)
Model
Number of I/O channels
8-channel input, isolated channels
NFAI835 (*5)
4-channel input/4-channel output, isolated
channels
I/O signal
4 to 20 mA
Input: 4 to 20 mA
Output: 4 to 20 mA
Allowable input current
25 mA
25 mA
—
Overcurrent protection
Provided
Provided
—
Withstanding voltage
Between input/output and system: 500 V AC, between channel: 500 V AC
Input resistance
Power ON
250 Ω (*1)
Power OFF
500 kΩ or more
Allowable load resistance
—
—
0 to 750 Ω
Circuit-open detection
—
—
0.65 mA or less
Accuracy
0.1% of full scale
Inputs:
0.1% of full scale
Outputs:
0.3% of full scale
Data refresh cycle
10 ms
Input step response time
100 ms
100 ms
—
Output step response time
—
—
100 ms
Output fallback (*4)
—
—
Set for each
channel(*3)
Transmitter power supply
20.2 to 29.3 V (*2)
20.2 to 29.3 V(*2)
—
Temperature drift
Max. ± 0.01%/ °C
Maximum current consumption
360 mA (5 V DC)
360 mA (5 V DC)
450 mA (24 V DC)
450 mA (24 V DC)
Weight
0.3 kg
External connection
Pressure clamp terminal, MIL connector cable
*1:
*2:
*3:
*4:
*5:
A voltage drop by up to 0.8 V may occur due to the internal protection circuit.
Depends on the actual voltage applied by analog ield power supply (24 V DC) via base module.
HOLD: To hold output in which fallback is detected.
SETV: To output a speciied value when fallback is detected.
Select fallback [Yes/No] for each module.
If [Yes] is selected for fallback, set [HOLD/SETV] for each channel.
Fallback detection time: 4 seconds
When this I/O module is used, 24 V DC needs to be supplied to an analog ield power supply terminal of the power supply
module.
IM 34P02Q01-01E
17th Edition : Jun. 29,2012-00
A1-31
<A1. Autonomous Controller FCN>
l Pulse Input Module (Isolated Channels)
Table
Pulse Input Module (Isolated Channels)
Speciications
Items
NFAP135 (*5)
Model
Number of input channels
8, isolated channels
Input signal (*1)
2-wire type: Contact ON/OFF, voltage pulse,
current pulse (possible to supply transmitter power)
3-wire type: Power-supply-type voltage pulse
Input frequency
0 to 10 kHz (*2)
Withstanding voltage
Between input and system: 500 V AC, between channels: 500 V AC
Minimum input pulse width
40 µs
Input signal level
Contact input
Open/close levels of relay contact and transistor contact
Open: 100 kΩ or more, Close: 200 Ω or less
Contact capacity
When supplying 12 V DC: 15 V DC 15 mA or more
When supplying 24 V DC: 30 V DC 30 mA or more
Voltage/current pulse input (Current input is converted to voltage.)
VH-VL (voltage swing): 3 V or greater
where VH: 3 to 24 V
VL: Ranges from -1 to 8 V
Signal source resistance: 1 kΩ or less
Shunt resistance
Select from OFF/200/500/1000 Ω. (Open when power is OFF) (*1)
Pull-up resistance
68 kΩ (12 V DC or 24 V DC)
Data refresh cycle
2 ms
Filter function
Can select a ilter that eliminates chattering (*3).
Transmitter power supply
Can select 24 V DC/12 V DC.
Limiter value 12 V DC 10 %: 40 mA, 24 V DC 10 %: 30 mA (*4)
Maximum current consumption
300 mA (5 V DC)
400 mA (24 V DC)
Weight
0.3 kg
External connection
Pressure clamp terminal, MIL connector cable
*1:
*2:
*3:
*4:
*5:
Table
No.
1
Connection methods and other parameters (transmitter power supply and shunt resistance) depend on the input mode.
For details, refer to example of connection methods and other settings in the input mode.
0 to 800 Hz for an open-collector contact input.
The maximum input frequency is lower than speciied when the ilter for eliminating chattering is used.
Depends on the actual voltage applied by analog ield power supply (24 V DC) via base module.
When this I/O module is used, 24 V DC needs to be supplied to an analog ield power supply terminal of the power supply
module.
Connections and settings in input mode for pulse input module (NFAP135)
Input mode (*1)
Dry contact pulse
(open-collector contact) (*2)
Connection
INB-INC
Transmitter
power supply
Shunt resistance
12 V
24 V
OFF
200 Ω
500 Ω
1000 Ω



–
–
–
2
Dry contact pulse (relay contact)
INA-INB

–
–
–
–

3
Voltage pulse
INB-INC



–
–
–
4
2-wire transmitter current pulse
(4 to 20 mA)
INA-INB


–

(*3)
–
5
3-wire transmitter voltage pulse
INA-INB-INC



–
–
–
*1:
*2:
*3:
Five input modes are available. Select an appropriate transmitter power supply and shunt resistor according to the input mode.
Refer to examples of connections and settings for input modes.
Maximum input frequency is 800 Hz when dry contact pulse (open-collector contact) input mode is selected.
When a 500V shunt resistor is selected, note the limitations below:
• No module may be installed next to the pulse input module (NFAP135).
• Use the pulse input module (NFAP135) with up to four inputs.
IM 34P02Q01-01E
17th Edition : Jun. 29,2012-00
<A1. Autonomous Controller FCN>
A1-32
Examples of connections and settings depending on the pulse input mode (NFAP135):
(In the following diagrams, SW1 is a switch for enabling/disabling input resistance RL, and SW2
is for enabling/disabling chattering eliminating ilter FIL.)
1.
An example of connecting a dry contact pulse (open-collector contact)
12/24 V
INA
68 kΩ
INB
INC
SW1
SW2
RL
FIL
A010620E.ai
SW1 (RL): OFF
SW2 (FIL):ON when necessary
2.
An example of connecting a dry contact pulse (relay contact)
12 V
INA
INB
INC
SW1
SW2
RL(1 kΩ)
FIL
A010621E.ai
SW1 (RL: 1 kV):
ON
SW2 (FIL):ON when necessary
3.
An example of connecting a voltage pulse
12/24 V
INA
Transmitter
INB
INC
SW1
SW2
RL
FIL
A010622E.ai
SW1 (RL): OFF
SW2 (FIL):ON when necessary
IM 34P02Q01-01E
17th Edition : Jun. 29,2012-00
<A1. Autonomous Controller FCN>
4.
A1-33
An example of connecting a 4-20 mA current pulse from a two-wire transmitter
Transmitter
12/24 V
INA
INB
INC
SW1
SW2
RL
FIL
A010623E.ai
SW1 (RL): Either 200 V or 500 V(*1) to be used
*1:
If a 500 V shunt resistor is used, note the installation limitations speciied.
SW2 (FIL):ON when necessary
5.
An example of connecting a voltage pulse from a three-wire transmitter
Transmitter
12/24 V
INA
INB
INC
SW1
SW2
RL
FIL
A010624E.ai
SW1 (RL): OFF
SW2 (FIL):ON when necessary
IM 34P02Q01-01E
17th Edition : Jun. 29,2012-00
A1-34
<A1. Autonomous Controller FCN>
l Frequency Input Module(Isolated Channels)
Table
Frequency Input Module (Isolated Channels)
Speciications
Items
NFAF135
Model
Number of input channels
8, isolated channels
Input signal (*1)
Contact ON/OFF, voltage pulse (rectangular wave)
Input frequency
0.1 Hz to 10 kHz (*2)
Frequency accuracy
0.1 % of reading
Withstanding voltage (*3)
Between input and system: 500 V AC, between channels: 500 V AC
Minimum input pulse width
40 s
Input signal level
Contact input
Open/close levels of relay contact and transistor contact
Open: 100 k or more, Close: 200 or less
Contact capacity
When supplying 12 V DC: 15 V DC 15 mA or more
When supplying 24 V DC: 30 V DC 30 mA or more
Voltage pulse input
VH-VL (swing value): 3 V or more
VH (high level): 3 to 24 V DC
VL (low level): -1 to 8 V DC
Signal source resistance: 1 k or less
Shunt resistance
Select from OFF/1000 . (Open when power is OFF) (*1)
Pull-up resistance
68 k (12 V DC or 24 V DC)
Data refresh cycle
10ms
Field power supply
Can select 24 V DC/12 V DC.
Limiter value 12 V DC ±10 %: 40 mA,
24 V DC ±10 %: 30 mA (*4)
Maximum current consumption
300 mA (5 V DC), 400 mA (24 V DC)
Weight
0.3 kg
External connection
Pressure clamp terminal, MIL connector cable (*3)
*1:
*2:
*3:
*4:
For details, refer to example of connection methods and other settings in the input mode.
0.1 to 800 Hz for an open-collector contact input.
The withstanding voltage for using MIL connector cable depends on the electrical speciications of its cable.
Depends on the actual voltage applied by analog ield power supply (24 V DC) via base module.
When this I/O module is used, 24 V DC needs to be supplied to an analog ield power supply terminal of the power supply
module.
Table Connections and settings in input mode for Frequency input module (NFAF135)
No.
Input mode (*1)
Connection
Transmitter power
supply
Shunt resistance
12V
24V
OFF
1000
1
Dry contact pulse (open-collector contact) (*2)
INB-INC
X
X
X
–
2
Dry contact pulse (relay contact)
INA-INB
X
–
–
X
3
Voltage pulse
NB-INC
X
X
X
–
*1:
Three input modes are available. Select an appropriate transmitter power supply and shunt resistor according to the input
mode.
Refer to examples of connections and settings for input modes.
0.1 to 800 Hz when dry contact pulse (open-collector contact) input mode is selected.
*2:
IM 34P02Q01-01E
17th Edition : Jun. 29,2012-00
<A1. Autonomous Controller FCN>
A1-35
Examples of connections and settings depending on the input mode (NFAF135):
(In the following diagrams, SW1 is a switch for enabling/disabling shunt resistance RL.)
1. An example of connecting a dry contact pulse (open-collector contact)
12/24 V
INA
68 k
INB
SW1
RL
INC
A010627E.ai
SW1 (RL): OFF
2. An example of connecting a dry contact pulse (relay contact)
12 V
INA
INB
SW1
RL
(1 k )
INC
A010628E.ai
SW1 (RL: 1 k ):
ON
3. An example of connecting a voltage pulse
12/24 V
INA
Transmitter
INB
SW1
INC
RL
A010629E.ai
SW1 (RL): OFF
IM 34P02Q01-01E
17th Edition : Jun. 29,2012-00
A1-36
<A1. Autonomous Controller FCN>
A1.6.2
Digital I/O Module (Speciication)
The speciication of the digital I/O module is shown below.
l Input Module
Table
Input Module
Speciications
Item
NFDV151
Model
NFDV157
NFDV161
Number of input channels
32
32
64
Rated input voltage
24 V DC
24 V DC
24 V DC
Input ON voltage
18 to 26.4 V DC
18 to 26.4 V DC
20 to 26.4 V DC
Input OFF voltage
5.0 V DC or less
5.0 V DC or less
5.0 V DC or less
Input current (at rated input voltage)
4.1 mA ± 20 % / channel
4.1 mA ± 20 % / channel
2.5 mA ± 20 % / channel
Instantaneous allowable maximum
input voltage
30.0 V DC
30.0 V DC
30.0 V DC
Withstanding voltage
Between input signal and system: 2 kV AC
Between commons: 500 V AC, common minus (-) side every 16-channel
Functions
Status input
Pushbutton input
Function for detecting
ON/OFF status
Function for counting the
push-button edge
Function for detecting
ON/OFF status
—
Function for detecting
ON/OFF status
Function for counting the
push-button edge (*1)
Input response time
8 ms or less (for status input)
Minimum ON detection time
20 ms (for pushbutton input)
Maximum ON/OFF cycle
25 Hz (for pushbutton input)
Maximum current consumption
500 mA (5 V DC)
350 mA (5 V DC)
550 mA (5 V DC)
Weight
0.3 kg
0.4 kg
0.3 kg
External connection
Pressure clamp terminal,
Pressure clamp terminal
MIL connector cable
*1:
MIL connector cable
Push button input is possible only for input channels from 1 to 32.
IM 34P02Q01-01E
17th Edition : Jun. 29,2012-00
<A1. Autonomous Controller FCN>
A1-37
l AC Input Module
Table
AC Input Module
Speciications
Item
NFDV141
Model
NFDV142
Number of input channels
16
16
Rated input voltage (*1)
100 to 120 V AC, 50/60 Hz
200 to 240 V AC, 50/60 Hz
Input ON voltage (peak value)
80 V AC (113 V) to 132 V AC (187 V) 160 V AC (226 V) to 264 V AC (373 V)
Input OFF voltage (peak value)
20 V AC (28 V) or less
40 V AC (56 V) or less
Input current (TYP)
4.7 mA (@120 V/60 Hz) / channel
6.2 mA (@240 V/60 Hz) / channel
Input current (MAX)
7 mA / channel
9.3 mA / channel
Withstanding voltage
Between input signal and system: 2 kV AC
Between commons: 1.35 kV AC, common minus (–) side every 8-channel
Functions
Status input
Pushbutton input
Function for detecting ON/OFF status
Function for counting the push-button edge
Input response time
160 ms or less (for status input)
Minimum ON detection time
200 ms (for pushbutton input)
Maximum ON/OFF cycle
2.5 Hz (for pushbutton input)
Maximum current consumption
500 mA (5 V DC)
500 mA (5 V DC)
Weight
0.3 kg
0.3 kg
External connection
Pressure clamp terminal
Pressure clamp terminal
*1:
Input a sine wave for AC signals.
Note: AC input signals to the same common should be the same phase.
l Pulse Width Output Module
The Pulse Width Output Module outputs 4-channel pulse signals.
Speciications
Item
NFDV532
Model
Number of output channels
4-channel : Up Pulse/Down Pulse
Rated applied voltage
24 V DC
Load voltage (*1)
24 V DC, 25 mA
Field power supply voltage range
20.4 to 26.4 V DC
Output ON voltage maximum value
Leak current maximum value when
output OFF
Output format
2 V DC
Maximum load current (*2)
100 mA/channel, 26.4 V
Withstanding voltage
Weight
Between output signal and system : 2 kV AC
HOLD: Reset all the output channels after outputting all pulse signals
when a fallback is detected.
OFF : Resets all the output channels immediately to off when the
fallback action is triggered.
NO :
Performs no fallback action.
2 ms Min., 2 ms increments (error: ±1 ms Max.)
550 mA (5 V DC)
25 mA (24 V DC, ield power supply)
0.2 kg
External connection
Pressure clamp terminal, MIL connector cable
Output fallback(*3)(*4)
Pulse output accuracy
Maximum current consumption
*1:
*2:
*3:
*4:
0.1 mA
Current sink
An external ield power supply (24 V DC) is required for each module.
Connect a spark killer diode when driving DC relay.
The fallback detection time is 4 seconds.
HOLD, OFF, or NO should be chosen for all channels commonly.
IM 34P02Q01-01E
17th Edition : Jun. 29,2012-00
A1-38
<A1. Autonomous Controller FCN>
l Output Module
Table
Output Module
Speciications
Item
NFDV551
Model
NFDV557
NFDV561
Number of output channels
32
32
64
Rated applied voltage
24 V DC
24 V DC
24 V DC
Load voltage (*1)
24 V DC, 50 mA
24 V DC, 50 mA
24 V DC, 100 mA
Field power supply voltage
range
20.4 to 26.4 V
20.4 to 26.4 V
20.4 to 26.4 V
Output ON voltage maximum
value
2 V DC
2 V DC
2 V DC
Leak current maximum value
when output OFF
0.1 mA
0.1 mA
0.1 mA
Output format
Current sink
Current sink
Current sink
Maximum load current (*2)
100 mA/channel, 26.4 V
100 mA/channel, 26.4 V
100 mA/channel, 26.4 V
Withstanding voltage
Between output signal and system: 2 kV AC
Between commons: 500 V AC, common minus (–) side every 16-channel
Functions
Status output
ON/OFF status output
function
ON/OFF status output
function
Output fallback (*3) (*4)
HOLD:
OFF:
NO:
Output response time
3 ms or less (for status output)
ON/OFF status output
function
Holds the current states when the fallback action is triggered.
Resets all the output channels to off when the fallback action is triggered.
Performs no fallback action.
700 mA (5 V DC)
550 mA (5 V DC)
780 mA (5 V DC)
Maximum current consumption 60 mA (24 V DC, ield power 60 mA (24 V DC, ield power 120 mA (24 V DC, ield
supply)
supply)
power supply)
Weight
0.2 kg
0.3 kg
0.3 kg
External connection
Pressure clamp terminal,
MIL connector cable
Pressure clamp terminal
MIL connector cable
*1:
*2:
*3:
*4:
An external ield power supply (24 V DC) is required for each module.
Connect a spark killer diode when driving DC relay.
The fallback detection time is 4 seconds.
HOLD, OFF, or NO should be chosen for all channels commonly.
IM 34P02Q01-01E
18th Edition : Mar. 29,2013-00
<A1. Autonomous Controller FCN>
A1-39
l Relay Output Module
Table
Relay Output Module
Speciications
Item
NFDR541
Model
Number of output channels
16
Rated applied voltage
24 to 110 V DC,
100 to 240 V AC, 50/60Hz
Maximum load current (*1)
Resistive load:
24 V DC: 2.0 A/channel, 110 V DC: 0.4 A/channel
100 V AC: 2.0 A/channel, 220 V AC: 2.0 A/channel
Inductive load:
24 V DC: 0.6 A/channel, 110 V DC: 0.1 A/channel
100 V AC: 1.0 A/channel, 220 V AC: 1.0 A/channel
Withstanding voltage
Between output signal and system: 2 kV AC
Between commons: 1.35 kV AC, common minus (–) side every 8-channel
Functions
Status output
ON/OFF status output function
Output fallback (*2) (*3)
HOLD: Holds the current states when the fallback action is triggered.
OFF:
Resets all the output channels to off when the fallback action is
triggered.
NO:
Performs no fallback action.
Output response time
12 ms or less (for status output)
Maximum current consumption
780 mA (5 V DC)
Weight
0.3 kg
External connection
Pressure clamp terminal
*1:
*2:
*3:
Note:
Maximum 8 A is allowed per common. Connect a spark killer diode when driving DC relay.
Fallback detection time is 4 seconds.
HOLD, OFF, or NO should be chosen for all channels commonly.
The signals connected the same common should be the same phase when applying AC voltage.
IM 34P02Q01-01E
17th Edition : Jun. 29,2012-00
<A1. Autonomous Controller FCN>
A1.6.3
A1-40
Serial Communication Module (Speciication)
The speciication of the serial communication module is shown below.
l Serial Communication Module
Table
Serial Communication Module
Speciications
Item
Model
NFLR111
NFLR121
Interface
RS-232-C (2 ports)
RS-422/RS-485 (2 ports)
How connected
Point-to-point
Multipoint
How communicates
Half-duplex/Full-duplex (*1)
How synchronizes
Start-stop synchronization
Communication speed
0.3, 1.2, 2.4, 4.8, 9.6, 14.4, 19.2, 28.8, 38.4, 57.6, 76.8, 115.2 kbps
Transmission code
ASCII/binary
Character length
7/8 bits
Stop bit
1/2 bits
Parity check
None/even/odd
Transmission distance
Maximum 15 m
Maximum 1200 m (total extended length)
Wiring connection (*2)
D-sub 9-pin (female x 2) (*3)
Clamped with terminal block’s M4 screws
(5 poles x 2) (*4)
Current consumption
500 mA
Weight
0.3 kg
0.3 kg
*1:
*2:
*3:
Only half-duplex communication is supported when communication of NFLR121 is done through a two-wiring system.
For connection terminals and cables, refer to “ A1.16.4 Communication Cables.”
Connectors are fastened using metric screw threads (M2.6).
RS-232-C interface uses CD line (for input signal monitor) and CS line (for transmission of low controls). Wiring of these signal
lines is necessary.
*4:
Comes with two terminator of 120 ohm.
Note: A total of up to eight NFLR111/NFLR121 serial communication modules can be installed for each FCN.
IM 34P02Q01-01E
18th Edition : Mar. 29,2013-00
<A1. Autonomous Controller FCN>
A1-41
l CANopen Communication Module
Table
CANopen Communication Module
Speciications
Item
NFLC121
Model
Interface
CANopen
Connection method
CiA 301 compliant
Number of ports
1
Isolation
Between signals and system
Connector
D-sub 9-pin (male) (*1)
Communication speed
10, 20, 50, 100, 125, 250, 500, 800, 1000 kbps
Maximum transmission distance
CiA 301 compliant
Maximum Current consumption
700mA (5V DC)
Weight
0.3 kg
*1:
The cables and terminators must comply with CiA 301.
l PROFIBUS-DP Communication Module
Table
PROFIBUS-DP Communication Module
Item
Speciications
Model
NFLP121
Interface
PROFIBUS-DP
Connection method
EIA-RS485-Compliant
Number of ports
1
Isolation
Between signal and system
Connector
D-sub 9-pin (female) (*1)
Communication speed
9.6, 19.2, 45.45, 93.75, 187.5, 500, 1500, 3000, 6000, 12000 kbps
Maximum transmission distance
1.2km/segment (9600bps)
Maximum Current consumption
700mA (5V DC)
Weight
0.3 kg
*1:
The cables and terminators must comply with PROFIBUS-DP standards (PROFIBUS Speciications IEC61158-2 type3).
IM 34P02Q01-01E
17th Edition : Jun. 29,2012-00
<A1. Autonomous Controller FCN>
A1.7
A1-42
I/O Module Signal Connection
I/O modules can be connected directly to ield devices via terminals. It can also be
connected using MIL connector cables supplied by the user.
This section describes the combinations of terminal connections for the pressure clamp
terminal blocks and connection cables supplied as accessories of I/O modules, as well as
terminal connection diagrams.
l Signal Cable Connection Variations
I/O modules can be connected directly to ield devices via terminals. It can also be connected
using MIL connector cables supplied by the user.
The connection method to use can be selected depending on the purpose, for example, wiring
space saving or the standardization of installation procedure.
MIL cable connector cover
MIL connector cable
Pressure clamp terminal block
Field wiring
I/O module
A010701E.ai
Figure Variations on Signal Cable Connections
IM 34P02Q01-01E
17th Edition : Jun. 29,2012-00
<A1. Autonomous Controller FCN>
A1.8
A1-43
Pressure Clamp Terminal Blocks
Wiring to the ield devices is performed by attaching a pressure clamp terminal block or
MIL connector cable to the I/O module. The I/O module may also be directly wired to the
ield device when a pressure clamp terminal block is used.
n Pressure Clamp Terminal Block Types
The following types are available according to usage purposes.
Table
Model
Name
-
Pressure clamp Terminal Blocks
Application
Connecting
Channels
Connecting
Module Name
Connecting
Cable
Speciications
Weight
Pressure clamp terminal
NFAI141, NFAV141,
NFAV142, NFAI841,
–
NFAB841, NFAV542
NFAI143, NFAI543
0.2kg
NFTT4S Analog Thermocouple/mV 16
NFAT141
–
0.3kg
NFTR8S Analog RTD
12
NFAR181
–
0.2kg
NFTI3S
8
NFAI135, NFAI835,
–
NFAP135 , NFAF135
0.2kg
NFTB5S Digital input
32
NFDV151
–
0.2kg
NFTD5S Digital output
4 : Up pulse/
NFDV532
Down pulse
NFTA4S Analog
Isolated Analog Module
16
Can select
either with
surge absorber
or without
absorber.
–
0.2kg
32
NFDV551
NFTC4S Digital input/output
16
NFDV141,
–
NFDV142, NFDR541
0.1kg
NFTC5S Digital input/output
32
NFDV157, NFDV557 –
0.3kg
(with module)
Without surge
absorber.
n Shape of Pressure Clamp Terminal Block
The shape and external view of pressure clamp terminals are shown below.
Pressure clamp terminal block
Dedicated pressure clamp
terminal block
NFTA4S
NFTT4S
NFTR8S
NFTB5S
NFTD5S
NFTI3S
NFTC4S
NFTC5S
A010802E.ai
Figure Shape of Pressure clamp Terminal Blocks
IM 34P02Q01-01E
17th Edition : Jun. 29,2012-00
<A1. Autonomous Controller FCN>
A1-44
l Reference Junction Compensation (RJC)
The pressure clamp terminal for the NFAT141 thermocouple/mV input module has
embedded thermistors in the input terminal area and is used to provide reference junction
compensation.
4 thermistors
Custom terminal block
Thermistor*
Aluminum board to
equilibrate temperature
*The thermistor is not
visible from the outside
A010803E.ai
Figure Structure of the RJC Terminal Area
IM 34P02Q01-01E
17th Edition : Jun. 29,2012-00
<A1. Autonomous Controller FCN>
A1.9
A1-45
Analog I/O Module Signal Connection
I/O signal cables can be connected to analog I/O modules by pressure clamp terminals.
They can also be connected to the analog I/O module via MIL connector cables.
This section explains the I/O channel numbers using connection diagrams and tables.
l Pressure Clamp Terminals
The terminal numbers of pressure clamp terminals are arranged from A1 to A18 facing the
terminal and counting from the top of the left column. B1 to B18 are arranged from the top of the
right column.
Single use
A1
A18
B1
B18
A010901E.ai
Figure Pressure Clamp Terminal Number Arrangement
l MIL Connector
The alignment of pin numbers of a MIL connector is as shown below:
40
39
MIL connector pin numbers
(40 pins)
2
1
A010902E.ai
Figure MIL Connector Pin Numbers
IM 34P02Q01-01E
17th Edition : Jun. 29,2012-00
<A1. Autonomous Controller FCN>
A1-46
n Example of Correspondence between I/O Channels and Pressure
Clamp Terminals or MIL Connector Pin
The following igure shows an example of the correspondence between I/O channel numbers
and pin numbers of pressure clamp terminals and MIL connector. The connection diagram and
tables on the following pages are for pressure clamp terminals, but the correspondence with MIL
connectors are shown below.
Pressure clamp terminal
MIL Connector
CH1
CH2
CH15
CH16
CH1
A1
B1
A2
B2
35
A3
B3
34
33
A4
B4
32
31
A5
B5
30
29
A6
B6
28
27
A7
B7
26
25
A8
B8
24
23
A9
B9
22
21
A10
B10
20
19
A11
B11
18
17
A12
B12
16
15
A13
B13
14
13
A14
B14
A15
B15
A16
B16
40
39
38
37
36
CH2
CH15
12
11
10
9
8
7
A17
B17
6
5
A18
B18
4
3
2
1
CH16
: NC (Not used)
A010903J.ai
Figure Example of Correspondence between I/O Channels and Pressure Clamp Terminals or MIL
Connector Pin
IMPORTANT
The connection diagrams on the following pages are for “pressure clamp terminals,” and the
diagrams for “MIL connectors” are omitted. The tables contain information for both types.
Basically, the correspondence shown above is used.
IM 34P02Q01-01E
17th Edition : Jun. 29,2012-00
<A1. Autonomous Controller FCN>
A1-47
n MIL Cables (Straight Type) and General-purpose Terminal Blocks
When MIL cables (straight type) and general-purpose terminal blocks are used for input/output
modules, the connectors of the input/output modules correspond to terminal numbers of the
general-purpose terminal blocks as shown below. For customer-supplied MIL cables and
terminal blocks, refer to the respective speciications carefully.
*1:
Equivalent to MIL cables (KMS40-0 ) and general purpose terminal block (TAS40-0N) made by yokogawa. For details of these
cables, refer to GS 34P02Q43-01E, “MIL Connector Terminal Blocks, MIL Connector Cables.”
Pin No. of MIL Connectors and
Terminal No. of General-purpose
Terminal Blocks (MIL 40-pin)
Input/Output Module
MIL 40-pin
40
39
MIL Cable
(straight type)
2 : MIL Pin No.
B1 : Terminal Block No.
1 : MIL Pin No.
A1 : Terminal Block No.
Pin No. of MIL
Connector
Terminal No. of
General-purpose
Terminal Block
1
A1
2
B1
3
A2
4
B2
37
A19
38
B19
39
A20
40
B20
General-purpose
Terminal Block
40
B20
39
A20
: MIL Pin No.
: Terminal Block No.
: MIL Pin No.
: Terminal Block No.
A010904E.ai
Figure Correspondence between the Signal Lines of MIL (40-pin) Connectors and Those of Generalpurpose Terminal Blocks
IM 34P02Q01-01E
17th Edition : Jun. 29,2012-00
A1-48
<A1. Autonomous Controller FCN>
n Cable Connection to the Analog I/O Modules
The terminals used to connect the signal cable vary for the devices being connected, depending
on the analog I/O module used. Use the following table to connect the proper signal cable to the
terminal.
Table
Cable Connection to I/O Modules
I/O module
format
NFAI141 (*1)
NFAI143
NFAI841
NFAI135 (*1)
NFAI835
Cable
connection pin
INA
2-wire transmitter input + Current input -
INB
2-wire transmitter input - Current input +
(Setting pin: 2-wire input) (Setting pin: 4-wire input)
INA
2-wire transmitter input +
INB
2-wire transmitter input - Current input +
INC
INA
2-wire power supply (+)
–
INB
2-wire power signal (-)
INC
INC
–
–
Current input -
–
NFAR181 (*2) INB
NFAF135
–
–
–
Temperature-measuring
resistor input A
Temperature-measuring
resistor input B
Temperature-measuring
resistor input B
INA
NFAP135
I/O type
–
3-wire power supply
2-wire (voltage, contact) + 3-wire +
2-wire (voltage, contact) -
3-wire -
INA
2-wire power supply (+)
–
–
INB
2-wire power signal (-)
2-wire (voltage, contact) +
–
2-wire (voltage, contact) -
–
INC
–
 indicates channel number.
*1:
When the NFAI141, NFAI143, NFAI841, NFAI135, or NFAI835 are OFF or malfunctioning, the current input look is in open status.
Do not share the current signals will other receiving devices.
*2:
Be sure to set the same wiring resistance for A and C.
IM 34P02Q01-01E
17th Edition : Jun. 29,2012-00
<A1. Autonomous Controller FCN>
A1.9.1
A1-49
Analog Input Module for 16 Channels (NFAI141,
NFAI143, NFAV141, NFAV142, NFAV144)
l NFAI141, NFAI143 (4 to 20 mA Input)
Pressure clamp terminal
CH1
CH2
CH15
CH16
A1
B1
A2
B2
A3
B3
A4
B4
A5
B5
A6
B6
A7
B7
A8
B8
A9
B9
A10
B10
A11
B11
A12
B12
A13
B13
A14
B14
A15
B15
A16
B16
A17
B17
A18
B18
CH1
2-wire transmitter input +
IN1A
IN1B
If power supply to transmitters
(2-wire) is set to be available
(using the setting pin of the
main unit).
(Reference: A1.6 I/O modules)
2-wire transmitter input CH1
Power
supply
Current
input -
Current
input +
IN1A If power supply to transmitters
(4-wire) is set to be unavailable
(using the setting pin of the
main unit).
IN1B (Reference: A1.6 I/O modules)
: NC (Not used)
A010905E.ai
Figure External Connections
for NFAI141, NFAI143
Table
A010906E.ai
Figure Input Signal Connection Method for NFAI141
and NFAI143
Pin Assignments for NFAI141, NFAI143
CH No.
CH1
CH2
CH3
CH4
CH5
CH6
CH7
CH8
CH9
CH10
CH11
CH12
CH13
CH14
CH15
CH16
-
MIL connector
Pin No. Signal name Pin No.
40
IN1A
39
38
IN2A
37
36
IN3A
35
34
IN4A
33
32
IN5A
31
30
IN6A
29
28
IN7A
27
26
IN8A
25
24
IN9A
23
22
IN10A
21
20
IN11A
19
18
IN12A
17
16
IN13A
15
14
IN14A
13
12
IN15A
11
10
IN16A
9
8
NC
7
6
NC
5
4
NC
3
2
Reserved
1
Signal name
IN1B
IN2B
IN3B
IN4B
IN5B
IN6B
IN7B
IN8B
IN9B
IN10B
IN11B
IN12B
IN13B
IN14B
IN15B
IN16B
NC
NC
NC
Reserved
Pin No.
A1
A2
A3
A4
A5
A6
A7
A8
A9
A10
A11
A12
A13
A14
A15
A16
A17
A18
Pressure clamp terminal
Signal name Pin No. Signal name
IN1A
B1
IN1B
IN2A
B2
IN2B
IN3A
B3
IN3B
IN4A
B4
IN4B
IN5A
B5
IN5B
IN6A
B6
IN6B
IN7A
B7
IN7B
IN8A
B8
IN8B
IN9A
B9
IN9B
IN10A
B10
IN10B
IN11A
B11
IN11B
IN12A
B12
IN12B
IN13A
B13
IN13B
IN14A
B14
IN14B
IN15A
B15
IN15B
IN16A
B16
IN16B
NC
B17
NC
NC
B18
NC
IM 34P02Q01-01E
17th Edition : Jun. 29,2012-00
A1-50
<A1. Autonomous Controller FCN>
MIL Connector (Pin No./Signal Name)
Signal
name
IN1A
IN2A
IN3A
IN4A
IN5A
IN6A
IN7A
IN8A
IN9A
IN10A
IN11A
IN12A
IN13A
IN14A
IN15A
IN16A
N.C.
N.C.
N.C.
Reserved
Pin No.
40
38
36
34
32
30
28
26
24
22
20
18
16
14
12
10
8
6
4
2
• Pressure clamp terminal (Terminal
No./Signal Name)
Signal
name
IN1B
IN2B
IN3B
IN4B
IN5B
IN6B
IN7B
IN8B
IN9B
IN10B
IN11B
IN12B
IN13B
IN14B
IN15B
IN16B
N.C.
N.C.
N.C.
Reserved
39
37
35
33
31
29
27
25
23
21
19
17
15
13
11
9
7
5
3
1
Signal
name
IN1A
IN2A
IN3A
IN4A
IN5A
IN6A
IN7A
IN8A
IN9A
IN10A
IN11A
IN12A
IN13A
IN14A
IN15A
IN16A
N.C.
N.C.
Terminal No.
A1
A2
A3
A4
A5
A6
A7
A8
A9
A10
A11
A12
A13
A14
A15
A16
A17
A18
Signal
name
IN1B
IN2B
IN3B
IN4B
IN5B
IN6B
IN7B
IN8B
IN9B
IN10B
IN11B
IN12B
IN13B
IN14B
IN15B
IN16B
N.C.
N.C.
B1
B2
B3
B4
B5
B6
B7
B8
B9
B10
B11
B12
B13
B14
B15
B16
B17
B18
A010907E.ai
IN1A
IN2A
IN3A
IN4A
IN5A
IN6A
IN7A
IN8A
IN9A
IN10A
IN11A
IN12A
IN13A
IN14A
IN15A
IN16A
N.C.
N.C.
N.C.
IN1B
IN3B
IN4B
IN5B
IN6B
IN7B
IN8B
IN9B
IN10B
IN11B
IN12B
IN13B
IN14B
IN15B
IN16B
N.C.
N.C.
B1 B2 B3 B4 B5 B6 B7 B8 B9 B10 B11 B12 B13 B14 B15 B16 B17 B18 B19 B20
A1 A2 A3 A4 A5 A6 A7 A8 A9 A10 A11 A12 A13 A14 A15 A16 A17 A18 A19 A20
N.C.
Signal Name
Terminal No.
Terminal No.
Signal Name
Reserved
General-purpose Terminal Blocks (Terminal No./Signal Name) (*1)
Reserved
•
A010908E.ai
IN2B
•
A010909E.ai
*1:
Correspondence between terminal numbers and signal names are examples of connections using MIL cables (straight type).
IM 34P02Q01-01E
17th Edition : Jun. 29,2012-00
<A1. Autonomous Controller FCN>
A1-51
l NFAV141 (1 to 5 V Input), NFAV142, NFAV144 (-10 to +10 V Input)
Pressure clamp terminal
CH1
CH2
CH15
CH16
A1
B1
A2
B2
A3
B3
A4
B4
A5
B5
A6
B6
A7
B7
A8
B8
A9
B9
A10
B10
A11
B11
A12
B12
A13
B13
A14
B14
A15
B15
A16
B16
A17
B17
A18
B18
: NC (Not used)
A010910E.ai
Figure External Connections for NFAV141, NFAV142 and NFAV144
Table
Pin Assignments for NFAV141, NFAV142 and NFAV144
CH No.
CH1
CH2
CH3
CH4
CH5
CH6
CH7
CH8
CH9
CH10
CH11
CH12
CH13
CH14
CH15
CH16
-
Pin No.
40
38
36
34
32
30
28
26
24
22
20
18
16
14
12
10
8
6
4
2
MIL connector
Signal name Pin No.
IN1+
39
IN2+
37
IN3+
35
IN4+
33
IN5+
31
IN6+
29
IN7+
27
IN8+
25
IN9+
23
IN10+
21
IN11+
19
IN12+
17
IN13+
15
IN14+
13
IN15+
11
IN16+
9
NC
7
NC
5
NC
3
Reserved
1
Signal name
IN1IN2IN3IN4IN5IN6IN7IN8IN9IN10IN11IN12IN13IN14IN15IN16NC
NC
NC
Reserved
Pin No.
A1
A2
A3
A4
A5
A6
A7
A8
A9
A10
A11
A12
A13
A14
A15
A16
A17
A18
Pressure clamp terminal
Signal name Pin No. Signal name
IN1+
B1
IN1IN2+
B2
IN2IN3+
B3
IN3IN4+
B4
IN4IN5+
B5
IN5IN6+
B6
IN6IN7+
B7
IN7IN8+
B8
IN8IN9+
B9
IN9IN10+
B10
IN10IN11+
B11
IN11IN12+
B12
IN12IN13+
B13
IN13IN14+
B14
IN14IN15+
B15
IN15IN16+
B16
IN16NC
B17
NC
NC
B18
NC
IM 34P02Q01-01E
17th Edition : Jun. 29,2012-00
A1-52
<A1. Autonomous Controller FCN>
•
MIL Connector
(Pin No./Signal Name)
Signal
name
IN1+
IN2+
IN3+
IN4+
IN5+
IN6+
IN7+
IN8+
IN9+
IN10+
IN11+
IN12+
IN13+
IN14+
IN15+
IN16+
N.C.
N.C.
N.C.
Reserved
Pin No.
40
38
36
34
32
30
28
26
24
22
20
18
16
14
12
10
8
6
4
2
•
Signal
name
IN1IN2IN3IN4IN5IN6IN7IN8IN9IN10IN11IN12IN13IN14IN15IN16N.C.
N.C.
N.C.
Reserved
39
37
35
33
31
29
27
25
23
21
19
17
15
13
11
9
7
5
3
1
Pressure clamp terminal
(Terminal No./Signal Name)
Signal
name
IN1+
IN2+
IN3+
IN4+
IN5+
IN6+
IN7+
IN8+
IN9+
IN10+
IN11+
IN12+
IN13+
IN14+
IN15+
IN16+
N.C.
N.C.
Terminal No.
A1
A2
A3
A4
A5
A6
A7
A8
A9
A10
A11
A12
A13
A14
A15
A16
A17
A18
Signal
name
IN1IN2IN3IN4IN5IN6IN7IN8IN9IN10IN11IN12IN13IN14IN15IN16N.C.
N.C.
B1
B2
B3
B4
B5
B6
B7
B8
B9
B10
B11
B12
B13
B14
B15
B16
B17
B18
A010912E.ai
A010911E.ai
IN1+
IN2+
IN3+
IN4+
IN5+
IN6+
IN7+
IN8+
IN9+
IN10+
IN11+
IN12+
IN13+
IN14+
IN15+
IN16+
N.C.
N.C.
N.C.
IN1–
IN2–
IN3–
IN4–
IN5–
IN6–
IN7–
IN8–
IN9–
IN10–
IN11–
IN12–
IN13–
IN14–
IN15–
IN16–
N.C.
N.C.
B1 B2 B3 B4 B5 B6 B7 B8 B9 B10 B11 B12 B13 B14 B15 B16 B17 B18 B19 B20
A1 A2 A3 A4 A5 A6 A7 A8 A9 A10 A11 A12 A13 A14 A15 A16 A17 A18 A19 A20
N.C.
Signal Name
Terminal No.
Terminal No.
Signal Name
Reserved
General-purpose Terminal Blocks (Terminal No./Signal Name) (*1)
Reserved
•
A010913E.ai
*1:
Correspondence between terminal numbers and signal names are examples of connections using MIL cables (straight type).
IM 34P02Q01-01E
17th Edition : Jun. 29,2012-00
<A1. Autonomous Controller FCN>
A1.9.2
A1-53
Analog I/O Module for 8 Channels (NFAI841, NFAB841)
l NFAI841 (4 to 20 mA, 8-Channel Input/8-Channel Output)
Pressure clamp terminal
CH1
CH2
IN
CH8
CH9
CH10
OUT
CH16
A1
B1
A2
B2
A3
B3
A4
B4
A5
B5
A6
B6
A7
B7
A8
B8
A9
B9
A10
B10
A11
B11
A12
B12
A13
B13
A14
B14
A15
B15
A16
B16
A17
B17
A18
B18
CH1
2-wire transmitter input +
IN1A
IN1B
If power supply to transmitters
(2-wire) is set to be available
(using the setting pin of the
main unit).
(Reference: A1.6 I/O modules)
2-wire transmitter input -
CH1
Power
supply
Current
input -
Current
input +
IN1A If power supply to transmitters
(4-wire) is set to be unavailable
(using the setting pin of the
main unit).
IN1B (Reference: A1.6 l/O modules)
: NC (Not used)
A010915E.ai
A010914E.ai
Figure External Connections for
NFAI841
Table
Figure Input Signal Connection Method for NFAI841
Pin Assignments for NFAI841
CH No.
CH1
CH2
CH3
CH4
CH5
CH6
CH7
CH8
CH9
CH10
CH11
CH12
CH13
CH14
CH15
CH16
-
Pin No.
40
38
36
34
32
30
28
26
24
22
20
18
16
14
12
10
8
6
4
2
MIL connector
Signal name Pin No.
IN1A
39
IN2A
37
IN3A
35
IN4A
33
IN5A
31
IN6A
29
IN7A
27
IN8A
25
OUT1+
23
OUT2+
21
OUT3+
19
OUT4+
17
OUT5+
15
OUT6+
13
OUT7+
11
OUT8+
9
NC
7
NC
5
NC
3
Reserved
1
Signal name
IN1B
IN2B
IN3B
IN4B
IN5B
IN6B
IN7B
IN8B
OUT1OUT2OUT3OUT4OUT5OUT6OUT7OUT8NC
NC
NC
Reserved
Pin No.
A1
A2
A3
A4
A5
A6
A7
A8
A9
A10
A11
A12
A13
A14
A15
A16
A17
A18
Pressure clamp terminal
Signal name Pin No. Signal name
IN1A
B1
IN1B
IN2A
B2
IN2B
IN3A
B3
IN3B
IN4A
B4
IN4B
IN5A
B5
IN5B
IN6A
B6
IN6B
IN7A
B7
IN7B
IN8A
B8
IN8B
OUT1+
B9
OUT1OUT2+
B10
OUT2OUT3+
B11
OUT3OUT4+
B12
OUT4OUT5+
B13
OUT5OUT6+
B14
OUT6OUT7+
B15
OUT7OUT8+
B16
OUT8NC
B17
NC
NC
B18
NC
IM 34P02Q01-01E
17th Edition : Jun. 29,2012-00
A1-54
<A1. Autonomous Controller FCN>
•
MIL Connector
(Pin No./Signal Name)
Signal
name
IN1A
IN2A
IN3A
IN4A
IN5A
IN6A
IN7A
IN8A
OUT1+
OUT2+
OUT3+
OUT4+
OUT5+
OUT6+
OUT7+
OUT8+
N.C.
N.C.
N.C.
Reserved
Pin No.
40
38
36
34
32
30
28
26
24
22
20
18
16
14
12
10
8
6
4
2
•
Signal
name
IN1B
IN2B
IN3B
IN4B
IN5B
IN6B
IN7B
IN8B
OUT1OUT2OUT3OUT4OUT5OUT6OUT7OUT8N.C.
N.C.
N.C.
Reserved
39
37
35
33
31
29
27
25
23
21
19
17
15
13
11
9
7
5
3
1
Pressure clamp terminal
(Terminal No./Signal Name)
Signal
name
IN1A
IN2A
IN3A
IN4A
IN5A
IN6A
IN7A
IN8A
OUT1+
OUT2+
OUT3+
OUT4+
OUT5+
OUT6+
OUT7+
OUT8+
N.C.
N.C.
Terminal No.
A1
A2
A3
A4
A5
A6
A7
A8
A9
A10
A11
A12
A13
A14
A15
A16
A17
A18
Signal
name
IN1B
IN2B
IN3B
IN4B
IN5B
IN6B
IN7B
IN8B
OUT1OUT2OUT3OUT4OUT5OUT6OUT7OUT8N.C.
N.C.
B1
B2
B3
B4
B5
B6
B7
B8
B9
B10
B11
B12
B13
B14
B15
B16
B17
B18
A010917E.ai
A010916E.ai
IN1A
IN2A
IN3A
IN4A
IN5A
IN6A
IN7A
IN8A
OUT1+
OUT2+
OUT3+
OUT4+
OUT5+
OUT6+
OUT7+
OUT8+
N.C.
N.C.
N.C.
IN1B
IN2B
IN3B
IN4B
IN5B
IN6B
IN7B
IN8B
OUT1–
OUT2–
OUT3–
OUT4–
OUT5–
OUT6–
OUT7–
OUT8–
N.C.
N.C.
B1 B2 B3 B4 B5 B6 B7 B8 B9 B10 B11 B12 B13 B14 B15 B16 B17 B18 B19 B20
A1 A2 A3 A4 A5 A6 A7 A8 A9 A10 A11 A12 A13 A14 A15 A16 A17 A18 A19 A20
N.C.
Signal Name
Terminal No.
Terminal No.
Signal Name
Reserved
General-purpose Terminal Blocks (Terminal No./Signal Name) (*1)
Reserved
•
A010918E.ai
*1:
Correspondence between terminal numbers and signal names are examples of connections using MIL cables (straight type).
IM 34P02Q01-01E
17th Edition : Jun. 29,2012-00
<A1. Autonomous Controller FCN>
A1-55
l NFAB841 (1 to 5 V 8-Channel Input, 4 to 20 mA 8-Channel Output)
Pressure clamp terminal
CH1
CH2
IN
A1
B1
A2
B2
A3
B3
A4
B4
A5
B5
A6
B6
A7
B7
CH8
A8
B8
CH9
A9
B9
A10
B10
A11
B11
A12
B12
A13
B13
A14
B14
A15
B15
A16
B16
A17
B17
A18
B18
CH10
OUT
CH16
: NC (Not used)
A010919E.ai
Figure External Connections for NFAB841
Table
Pin Assignments for NFAB841
CH No.
CH1
CH2
CH3
CH4
CH5
CH6
CH7
CH8
CH9
CH10
CH11
CH12
CH13
CH14
CH15
CH16
-
Pin No.
40
38
36
34
32
30
28
26
24
22
20
18
16
14
12
10
8
6
4
2
MIL connector
Signal name Pin No.
IN1+
39
IN2+
37
IN3+
35
IN4+
33
IN5+
31
IN6+
29
IN7+
27
IN8+
25
OUT1+
23
OUT2+
21
OUT3+
19
OUT4+
17
OUT5+
15
OUT6+
13
OUT7+
11
OUT8+
9
NC
7
NC
5
NC
3
Reserved
1
Signal name
IN1IN2IN3IN4IN5IN6IN7IN8OUT1OUT2OUT3OUT4OUT5OUT6OUT7OUT8NC
NC
NC
Reserved
Pressure clamp terminal
Pin No. Signal name Pin No. Signal name
A1
IN1+
B1
IN1A2
IN2+
B2
IN2A3
IN3+
B3
IN3A4
IN4+
B4
IN4A5
IN5+
B5
IN5A6
IN6+
B6
IN6A7
IN7+
B7
IN7A8
IN8+
B8
IN8A9
OUT1+
B9
OUT1A10
OUT2+
B10
OUT2A11
OUT3+
B11
OUT3A12
OUT4+
B12
OUT4A13
OUT5+
B13
OUT5A14
OUT6+
B14
OUT6A15
OUT7+
B15
OUT7A16
OUT8+
B16
OUT8A17
NC
B17
NC
A18
NC
B18
NC
IM 34P02Q01-01E
17th Edition : Jun. 29,2012-00
A1-56
<A1. Autonomous Controller FCN>
•
MIL Connector
(Pin No./Signal Name)
Signal
name
IN1+
IN2+
IN3+
IN4+
IN5+
IN6+
IN7+
IN8+
OUT1+
OUT2+
OUT3+
OUT4+
OUT5+
OUT6+
OUT7+
OUT8+
N.C.
N.C.
N.C.
Reserved
Pin No.
40
38
36
34
32
30
28
26
24
22
20
18
16
14
12
10
8
6
4
2
•
Signal
name
IN1IN2IN3IN4IN5IN6IN7IN8OUT1OUT2OUT3OUT4OUT5OUT6OUT7OUT8N.C.
N.C.
N.C.
Reserved
39
37
35
33
31
29
27
25
23
21
19
17
15
13
11
9
7
5
3
1
Pressure clamp terminal
(Terminal No./Signal Name)
Signal
name
IN1+
IN2+
IN3+
IN4+
IN5+
IN6+
IN7+
IN8+
OUT1+
OUT2+
OUT3+
OUT4+
OUT5+
OUT6+
OUT7+
OUT8+
N.C.
N.C.
Terminal No.
A1
A2
A3
A4
A5
A6
A7
A8
A9
A10
A11
A12
A13
A14
A15
A16
A17
A18
Signal
name
IN1IN2IN3IN4IN5IN6IN7IN8OUT1OUT2OUT3OUT4OUT5OUT6OUT7OUT8N.C.
N.C.
B1
B2
B3
B4
B5
B6
B7
B8
B9
B10
B11
B12
B13
B14
B15
B16
B17
B18
A010921E.ai
A010920E.ai
IN1+
IN2+
IN3+
IN4+
IN5+
IN6+
IN7+
IN8+
OUT1+
OUT2+
OUT3+
OUT4+
OUT5+
OUT6+
OUT7+
OUT8+
N.C.
N.C.
N.C.
IN1–
IN2–
IN3–
IN4–
IN5–
IN6–
IN7–
IN8–
OUT1–
OUT2–
OUT3–
OUT4–
OUT5–
OUT6–
OUT7–
OUT8–
N.C.
N.C.
B1 B2 B3 B4 B5 B6 B7 B8 B9 B10 B11 B12 B13 B14 B15 B16 B17 B18 B19 B20
A1 A2 A3 A4 A5 A6 A7 A8 A9 A10 A11 A12 A13 A14 A15 A16 A17 A18 A19 A20
N.C.
Signal Name
Terminal No.
Terminal No.
Signal Name
Reserved
General-purpose Terminal Blocks (Terminal No./Signal Name) (*1)
Reserved
•
A010922E.ai
*1:
Correspondence between terminal numbers and signal names are examples of connections using MIL cables (straight type).
IM 34P02Q01-01E
17th Edition : Jun. 29,2012-00
<A1. Autonomous Controller FCN>
A1.9.3
A1-57
Analog Output Module for 16 Channels (NFAV542,
NFAI543, NFAV544)
l NFAV542, NFAV544 (-10 to +10 V 16-Channel Output), NFAI543 (4 to 20 mA 16Channel Output)
Pressure clamp terminal
CH1
CH2
CH15
CH16
A1
B1
A2
B2
A3
B3
A4
B4
A5
B5
A6
B6
A7
B7
A8
B8
A9
B9
A10
B10
A11
B11
A12
B12
A13
B13
A14
B14
A15
B15
A16
B16
A17
B17
A18
B18
: NC (Not used)
A010923E.ai
Figure External Connections for NFAV542, NFAI543 and NFAV544
Table
Pin Assignments for NFAV542, NFAI543 and NFAV544
CH No.
CH1
CH2
CH3
CH4
CH5
CH6
CH7
CH8
CH9
CH10
CH11
CH12
CH13
CH14
CH15
CH16
-
Pin No.
40
38
36
34
32
30
28
26
24
22
20
18
16
14
12
10
8
6
4
2
MIL connector
Signal name Pin No.
OUT1+
39
OUT2+
37
OUT3+
35
OUT4+
33
OUT5+
31
OUT6+
29
OUT7+
27
OUT8+
25
OUT9+
23
OUT10+
21
OUT11+
19
OUT12+
17
OUT13+
15
OUT14+
13
OUT15+
11
OUT16+
9
NC
7
NC
5
NC
3
Reserved
1
Signal name
OUT1OUT2OUT3OUT4OUT5OUT6OUT7OUT8OUT9OUT10OUT11OUT12OUT13OUT14OUT15OUT16NC
NC
NC
Reserved
Pin No.
A1
A2
A3
A4
A5
A6
A7
A8
A9
A10
A11
A12
A13
A14
A15
A16
A17
A18
Pressure clamp terminal
Signal name Pin No. Signal name
OUT1+
B1
OUT1OUT2+
B2
OUT2OUT3+
B3
OUT3OUT4+
B4
OUT4OUT5+
B5
OUT5OUT6+
B6
OUT6OUT7+
B7
OUT7OUT8+
B8
OUT8OUT9+
B9
OUT9OUT10+
B10
OUT10OUT11+
B11
OUT11OUT12+
B12
OUT12OUT13+
B13
OUT13OUT14+
B14
OUT14OUT15+
B15
OUT15OUT16+
B16
OUT16NC
B17
NC
NC
B18
NC
IM 34P02Q01-01E
17th Edition : Jun. 29,2012-00
A1-58
<A1. Autonomous Controller FCN>
•
MIL Connector
(Pin No./Signal Name)
Signal
name
OUT1+
OUT2+
OUT3+
OUT4+
OUT5+
OUT6+
OUT7+
OUT8+
OUT9+
OUT10+
OUT11+
OUT12+
OUT13+
OUT14+
OUT15+
OUT16+
N.C.
N.C.
N.C.
Reserved
Pin No.
40
38
36
34
32
30
28
26
24
22
20
18
16
14
12
10
8
6
4
2
•
Signal
name
OUT1OUT2OUT3OUT4OUT5OUT6OUT7OUT8OUT9OUT10OUT11OUT12OUT13OUT14OUT15OUT16N.C.
N.C.
N.C.
Reserved
39
37
35
33
31
29
27
25
23
21
19
17
15
13
11
9
7
5
3
1
Pressure clamp terminal
(Terminal No./Signal Name)
Signal
name
OUT1+
OUT2+
OUT3+
OUT4+
OUT5+
OUT6+
OUT7+
OUT8+
OUT9+
OUT10+
OUT11+
OUT12+
OUT13+
OUT14+
OUT15+
OUT16+
N.C.
N.C.
Terminal No.
A1
A2
A3
A4
A5
A6
A7
A8
A9
A10
A11
A12
A13
A14
A15
A16
A17
A18
Signal
name
OUT1OUT2OUT3OUT4OUT5OUT6OUT7OUT8OUT9OUT10OUT11OUT12OUT13OUT14OUT15OUT16N.C.
N.C.
B1
B2
B3
B4
B5
B6
B7
B8
B9
B10
B11
B12
B13
B14
B15
B16
B17
B18
A010925E.ai
A010924E.ai
OUT1+
OUT2+
OUT3+
OUT4+
OUT5+
OUT6+
OUT7+
OUT8+
OUT9+
OUT10+
OUT11+
OUT12+
OUT13+
OUT14+
OUT15+
OUT16+
N.C.
N.C.
N.C.
OUT1–
OUT2–
OUT3–
OUT4–
OUT5–
OUT6–
OUT7–
OUT8–
OUT9–
OUT10–
OUT11–
OUT12–
OUT13–
OUT14–
OUT15–
OUT16–
N.C.
N.C.
B1 B2 B3 B4 B5 B6 B7 B8 B9 B10 B11 B12 B13 B14 B15 B16 B17 B18 B19 B20
A1 A2 A3 A4 A5 A6 A7 A8 A9 A10 A11 A12 A13 A14 A15 A16 A17 A18 A19 A20
N.C.
Signal Name
Terminal No.
Terminal No.
Signal Name
Reserved
General-purpose Terminal Blocks (Terminal No./Signal Name) (*1)
Reserved
•
A010926E.ai
*1:
Correspondence between terminal numbers and signal names are examples of connections using MIL cables (straight type).
IM 34P02Q01-01E
17th Edition : Jun. 29,2012-00
<A1. Autonomous Controller FCN>
A1.9.4
A1-59
Thermocouple/mV Input Module for 16 Channels
(NFAT141)
l NFAT141 (TC/mV input for 16 channels, isolated)
Pressure clamp terminal
CH1
CH2
CH15
CH16
A1
B1
A2
B2
A3
B3
A4
B4
A5
B5
A6
B6
A7
B7
A8
B8
A9
B9
A10
B10
A11
B11
A12
B12
RJC
A13
B13
RJC
A14
B14
A15
B15
A16
B16
A17
B17
A18
B18
RJC
RJC
* RJCs are integrated within
the connector
: NC (Not used)
A010927E.ai
Figure External Connections for NFAT141
Table
Pin Assignments for NFAT141
CH No.
CH1
CH2
CH3
CH4
CH5
CH6
CH7
CH8
CH9
CH10
CH11
CH12
CH13
CH14
CH15
CH16
-
Pin No.
40
38
36
34
32
30
28
26
24
22
20
18
16
14
12
10
8
6
4
2
MIL connector (*1)
Signal name Pin No.
IN1+
39
IN2+
37
IN3+
35
IN4+
33
IN5+
31
IN6+
29
IN7+
27
IN8+
25
IN9+
23
IN10+
21
IN11+
19
IN12+
17
IN13+
15
IN14+
13
IN15+
11
IN16+
9
NC
7
NC
5
NC
3
Reserved
1
Signal name
IN1IN2IN3IN4IN5IN6IN7IN8IN9IN10IN11IN12IN13IN14IN15IN16NC
NC
NC
Reserved
Pin No.
A1
A2
A3
A4
A5
A6
A7
A8
A9
A10
A11
A12
A13
A14
A15
A16
A17
A18
Pressure clamp terminal
Signal name Pin No. Signal name
IN1+
B1
IN1IN2+
B2
IN2IN3+
B3
IN3IN4+
B4
IN4IN5+
B5
IN5IN6+
B6
IN6IN7+
B7
IN7IN8+
B8
IN8IN9+
B9
IN9IN10+
B10
IN10IN11+
B11
IN11IN12+
B12
IN12IN13+
B13
IN13IN14+
B14
IN14IN15+
B15
IN15IN16+
B16
IN16NC
B17
NC
NC
B18
NC
*1:
Applied only when mV input is used.
Note: Be sure to set the allowable signal source resistance/allowable wiring resistance including the external wire resistance to 1000 Ω
or less. When the burnout detection settings are enabled, a 3 µV offset error is generated per 10 Ω.
IM 34P02Q01-01E
17th Edition : Jun. 29,2012-00
A1-60
<A1. Autonomous Controller FCN>
•
•
MIL Connector
(Pin No./Signal Name)
Signal
name
IN1+
IN2+
IN3+
IN4+
IN5+
IN6+
IN7+
IN8+
IN9+
IN10+
IN11+
IN12+
IN13+
IN14+
IN15+
IN16+
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Pin No.
40
38
36
34
32
30
28
26
24
22
20
18
16
14
12
10
8
6
4
2
Signal
name
IN1+
IN2+
IN3+
IN4+
IN5+
IN6+
IN7+
IN8+
IN9+
IN10+
IN11+
IN12+
IN13+
IN14+
IN15+
IN16+
N.C.
N.C.
Signal
name
IN1IN2IN3IN4IN5IN6IN7IN8IN9IN10IN11IN12IN13IN14IN15IN16Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
39
37
35
33
31
29
27
25
23
21
19
17
15
13
11
9
7
5
3
1
Pressure clamp terminal
(Terminal No./Signal Name)
Terminal No.
A1
A2
A3
A4
A5
A6
A7
A8
A9
A10
A11
A12
A13
A14
A15
A16
A17
A18
Signal
name
IN1IN2IN3IN4IN5IN6IN7IN8IN9IN10IN11IN12IN13IN14IN15IN16N.C.
N.C.
B1
B2
B3
B4
B5
B6
B7
B8
B9
B10
B11
B12
B13
B14
B15
B16
B17
B18
A010929E.ai
A010928E.ai
Note: When a MILL connector cable is connected,
only the mV Input Module can be used.
IN1+
IN2+
IN3+
IN4+
IN5+
IN6+
IN7+
IN8+
IN9+
IN10+
IN11+
IN12+
IN13+
IN14+
IN15+
IN16+
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
IN1–
IN2–
IN3–
IN4–
IN5–
IN6–
IN7–
IN8–
IN9–
IN10–
IN11–
IN12–
IN13–
IN14–
IN15–
IN16–
Reserved
Reserved
B1 B2 B3 B4 B5 B6 B7 B8 B9 B10 B11 B12 B13 B14 B15 B16 B17 B18 B19 B20
A1 A2 A3 A4 A5 A6 A7 A8 A9 A10 A11 A12 A13 A14 A15 A16 A17 A18 A19 A20
Reserved
Signal Name
Terminal No.
Terminal No.
Signal Name
Reserved
General-purpose Terminal Blocks (Terminal No./Signal Name) (*1)
Reserved
•
A010930E.ai
*1:
Correspondence between terminal numbers and signal names are examples of connections using MIL cables (straight type).
Note: When a MIL connector cable is connected, only the mV Input Module can be used.
IM 34P02Q01-01E
17th Edition : Jun. 29,2012-00
<A1. Autonomous Controller FCN>
A1.9.5
A1-61
RTD Input Module for 12 Channels (NFAR181)
l NFAR181 (RTD input for 12 channels, isolated)
CH1
Pressure clamp terminal
CH2
CH11
CH12
A1
B1
A2
B2
A3
B3
A4
B4
A5
B5
A6
B6
A7
B7
A8
B8
A9
B9
A10
B10
A11
B11
A12
B12
A13
B13
A14
B14
A15
B15
A16
B16
A17
B17
A18
B18
A010931E.ai
Figure External Connections for NFAR181
Table
Pin Assignments for NFAR181
CH No.
CH1
CH1/CH2
CH2
CH3
CH3/CH4
CH4
CH5
CH5/CH6
CH6
CH7
CH17/CH8
CH8
CH9
CH9/CH10
CH10
CH11
CH11/CH12
CH12
Pin No.
A1
A2
A3
A4
A5
A6
A7
A8
A9
A10
A11
A12
A13
A14
A15
A16
A17
A18
Pressure clamp terminal
Signal name Pin No. Signal name
IN1A
B1
IN1C
IN1B
B2
IN2B
IN2A
B3
IN2C
IN3A
B4
IN3C
IN3B
B5
IN4B
IN4A
B6
IN4C
IN5A
B7
IN5C
IN5B
B8
IN6B
IN6A
B9
IN6C
IN7A
B10
IN7C
IN7B
B11
IN8B
IN8A
B12
IN8C
IN9A
B13
IN9C
IN9B
B14
IN10B
IN10A
B15
IN10C
IN11A
B16
IN11C
IN11B
B17
IN12B
IN12A
B18
IN12C
Note: Be sure to set the allowable wiring resistance to 40 Ω per wire or less. When the burnout detection settings are enabled,
a 36 m Ω offset error is generated per 40 Ω.
IM 34P02Q01-01E
17th Edition : Jun. 29,2012-00
<A1. Autonomous Controller FCN>
•
Signal
name
IN1A
IN1B
IN2A
IN3A
IN3B
IN4A
IN5A
IN5B
IN6A
IN7A
IN7B
IN8A
IN9A
IN9B
IN10A
IN11A
IN11B
IN12A
A1-62
Pressure clamp terminal (Terminal No./Signal Name)
Terminal No.
A1
A2
A3
A4
A5
A6
A7
A8
A9
A10
A11
A12
A13
A14
A15
A16
A17
A18
B1
B2
B3
B4
B5
B6
B7
B8
B9
B10
B11
B12
B13
B14
B15
B16
B17
B18
Signal
name
IN1C
IN2B
IN2C
IN3C
IN4B
IN4C
IN5C
IN6B
IN6C
IN7C
IN8B
IN8C
IN9C
IN10B
IN10C
IN11C
IN12B
IN12C
A010933E.ai
IM 34P02Q01-01E
17th Edition : Jun. 29,2012-00
<A1. Autonomous Controller FCN>
A1.9.6
A1-63
Analog Input Module for 8 Channels (NFAI135)
l NFAI135 (4 to 20 mA input for 8 channels, isolated channels)
CH1
Pressure clamp terminal
IN1A
IN1B
IN1C
IN2A
IN2B
IN2C
CH1
CH2
IN7A
IN7B
IN7C
IN8A
IN8B
IN8C
CH7
CH8
A1
B1
A2
B2
A3
B3
A4
B4
A5
B5
A6
B6
A7
B7
A8
B8
A9
B9
A10
B10
A11
B11
A12
B12
A13
B13
A14
B14
A15
B15
A16
B16
A17
B17
A18
B18
2-wire transmitter input +
IN1A
If this module supplies
power to transmitters
(2-wire).
2-wire transmitter input -
IN1B
IN1C
CH1
IN1A
Power
supply
Current input +
IN1B
If this module does not
supply power to
transmitters (4-wire).
Current input IN1C
: NC (Not used)
A010934E.ai
A010933E.ai
Figure External Connections for NFAI135
Table
Figure Input Signal Connection Method for NFAI135
Pin Assignments for NFAI135
CH No.
CH1
CH2
CH3
CH4
CH5
CH6
CH7
CH8
-
Pin No.
40
38
36
34
32
30
28
26
24
22
20
18
16
14
12
10
8
6
4
2
MIL connector
Signal name Pin No.
IN1A
39
IN1B
37
IN2A
35
IN2B
33
IN3A
31
IN3B
29
IN4A
27
IN4B
25
IN5A
23
IN5B
21
IN6A
19
IN6B
17
IN7A
15
IN7B
13
IN8A
11
IN8B
9
NC
7
NC
5
NC
3
Reserved
1
Signal name
NC
IN1C
NC
IN2C
NC
IN3C
NC
IN4C
NC
IN5C
NC
IN6C
NC
IN7C
NC
IN8C
NC
NC
NC
Reserved
Pin No.
A1
A2
A3
A4
A5
A6
A7
A8
A9
A10
A11
A12
A13
A14
A15
A16
A17
A18
Pressure clamp terminal
Signal name Pin No. Signal name
IN1A
B1
NC
IN1B
B2
IN1C
IN2A
B3
NC
IN2B
B4
IN2C
IN3A
B5
NC
IN3B
B6
IN3C
IN4A
B7
NC
IN4B
B8
IN4C
IN5A
B9
NC
IN5B
B10
IN5C
IN6A
B11
NC
IN6B
B12
IN6C
IN7A
B13
NC
IN7B
B14
IN7C
IN8A
B15
NC
IN8B
B16
IN8C
NC
B17
NC
NC
B18
NC
IM 34P02Q01-01E
17th Edition : Jun. 29,2012-00
A1-64
<A1. Autonomous Controller FCN>
•
MIL Connector
(Pin No./Signal Name)
Signal
name
IN1A
IN1B
IN2A
IN2B
IN3A
IN3B
IN4A
IN4B
IN5A
IN5B
IN6A
IN6B
IN7A
IN7B
IN8A
IN8B
N.C.
N.C.
N.C.
Reserved
Pin No.
40
38
36
34
32
30
28
26
24
22
20
18
16
14
12
10
8
6
4
2
•
Signal
name
N.C.
IN1C
N.C.
IN2C
N.C.
IN3C
N.C.
IN4C
N.C.
IN5C
N.C.
IN6C
N.C.
IN7C
N.C.
IN8C
N.C.
N.C.
N.C.
Reserved
39
37
35
33
31
29
27
25
23
21
19
17
15
13
11
9
7
5
3
1
Pressure clamp terminal
(Terminal No./Signal Name)
Signal
name
IN1A
IN1B
IN2A
IN2B
IN3A
IN3B
IN4A
IN4B
IN5A
IN5B
IN6A
IN6B
IN7A
IN7B
IN8A
IN8B
N.C.
N.C.
Terminal No.
A1
A2
A3
A4
A5
A6
A7
A8
A9
A10
A11
A12
A13
A14
A15
A16
A17
A18
Signal
name
N.C.
IN1C
N.C.
IN2C
N.C.
IN3C
N.C.
IN4C
N.C.
IN5C
N.C.
IN6C
N.C.
IN7C
N.C.
IN8C
N.C.
N.C.
B1
B2
B3
B4
B5
B6
B7
B8
B9
B10
B11
B12
B13
B14
B15
B16
B17
B18
A010936E.ai
A010935E.ai
IN1A
IN1B
IN2A
IN2B
IN3A
IN3B
IN4A
IN4B
IN5A
IN5B
IN6A
IN6B
IN7A
IN7B
IN8A
IN8B
N.C.
N.C.
N.C.
N.C.
IN1C
N.C.
IN2C
N.C.
IN3C
N.C.
IN4C
N.C.
IN5C
N.C.
IN6C
N.C.
IN7C
N.C.
IN8C
N.C.
N.C.
B1 B2 B3 B4 B5 B6 B7 B8 B9 B10 B11 B12 B13 B14 B15 B16 B17 B18 B19 B20
A1 A2 A3 A4 A5 A6 A7 A8 A9 A10 A11 A12 A13 A14 A15 A16 A17 A18 A19 A20
N.C.
Signal Name
Terminal No.
Terminal No.
Signal Name
Reserved
General-purpose Terminal Blocks (Terminal No./Signal Name) (*1)
Reserved
•
A010937E.ai
*1:
Correspondence between terminal numbers and signal names are examples of connections using MIL cables (straight type).
IM 34P02Q01-01E
17th Edition : Jun. 29,2012-00
<A1. Autonomous Controller FCN>
A1.9.7
A1-65
Analog I/O Module for 4 Channels (NFAI835)
l NFAI835 (4 to 20 mA I/O for 4 channels each, isolated channels)
CH1
Pressure clamp terminal
IN1A
CH IN1 IN1B
CH IN2
IN1C
IN2A
IN2B
IN2C
IN4A
CH IN4 IN4B
IN4C
CH OUT1 OUT1+
OUT1-
CH OUT3 OUT3+
OUT3-
CH OUT4 OUT4+
OUT4-
A1
B1
A2
B2
A3
B3
A4
B4
A5
B5
A6
B6
A7
B7
A8
B8
A9
B9
A10
B10
A11
B11
A12
B12
A13
B13
A14
B14
A15
B15
A16
B16
A17
B17
A18
B18
2-wire transmitter input +
IN1A
If this module supplies
power to transmitters
(2-wire).
2-wire transmitter input -
IN1B
IN1C
CH1
IN1A
Power
supply
Current input +
IN1B
If this module does not
supply power to
transmitters (4-wire).
Current input IN1C
: NC (Not used)
A010939E.ai
A010938E.ai
Figure External Connections for NFAI835
Table
Figure Input Signal Connection Method for NFAI835
Pin Assignments for NFAI835
Pin No.
A1
A2
A3
A4
A5
A6
A7
A8
A9
A10
A11
A12
A13
A14
A15
A16
A17
A18
Pressure clamp terminal
Signal name Pin No. Signal name
IN1A
B1
NC
IN1B
B2
IN1C
IN2A
B3
NC
IN2B
B4
IN2C
IN3A
B5
NC
IN3B
B6
IN3C
IN4A
B7
NC
IN4B
B8
IN4C
NC
B9
NC
OUT1+
B10
OUT1NC
B11
NC
OUT2+
B12
OUT2NC
B13
NC
OUT3+
B14
OUT3NC
B15
NC
OUT4+
B16
OUT4NC
B17
NC
NC
B18
NC
Pin No.
40
38
36
34
32
30
28
26
24
22
20
18
16
14
12
10
8
6
4
2
MIL connector
Signal name Pin No.
IN1A
39
IN1B
37
IN2A
35
IN2B
33
IN3A
31
IN3B
29
IN4A
27
IN4B
25
NC
23
OUT1+
21
NC
19
OUT2+
17
NC
15
OUT3+
13
NC
11
OUT4+
9
NC
7
NC
5
NC
3
Reserved
1
Signal name
NC
IN1C
NC
IN2C
NC
IN3C
NC
IN4C
NC
OUT1NC
OUT2NC
OUT3NC
OUT4NC
NC
NC
Reserved
IM 34P02Q01-01E
17th Edition : Jun. 29,2012-00
A1-66
<A1. Autonomous Controller FCN>
•
MIL Connector
(Pin No./Signal Name)
Signal
name
IN1A
IN1B
IN2A
IN2B
IN3A
IN3B
IN4A
IN4B
N.C.
OUT1+
N.C.
OUT2+
N.C.
OUT3+
N.C.
OUT4+
N.C.
N.C.
N.C.
Reserved
Pin No.
40
38
36
34
32
30
28
26
24
22
20
18
16
14
12
10
8
6
4
2
•
Signal
name
IN1A
IN1B
IN2A
IN2B
IN3A
IN3B
IN4A
IN4B
N.C.
OUT1+
N.C.
OUT2+
N.C.
OUT3+
N.C.
OUT4+
N.C.
N.C.
Signal
name
N.C.
IN1C
N.C.
IN2C
N.C.
IN3C
N.C.
IN4C
N.C.
OUT1N.C.
OUT2N.C.
OUT3N.C.
OUT4N.C.
N.C.
N.C.
Reserved
39
37
35
33
31
29
27
25
23
21
19
17
15
13
11
9
7
5
3
1
Pressure clamp terminal
(Terminal No./Signal Name)
Terminal No.
A1
A2
A3
A4
A5
A6
A7
A8
A9
A10
A11
A12
A13
A14
A15
A16
A17
A18
Signal
name
N.C.
IN1C
N.C.
IN2C
N.C.
IN3C
N.C.
IN4C
N.C.
OUT1N.C.
OUT2N.C.
OUT3N.C.
OUT4N.C.
N.C.
B1
B2
B3
B4
B5
B6
B7
B8
B9
B10
B11
B12
B13
B14
B15
B16
B17
B18
A010941E.ai
A010940E.ai
IN1A
IN1B
IN2A
IN2B
IN3A
IN3B
IN4A
IN4B
N.C.
OUT1+
N.C.
OUT2+
N.C.
OUT3+
N.C.
OUT4+
N.C.
N.C.
N.C.
N.C.
IN1C
N.C.
IN2C
N.C.
IN3C
N.C.
IN4C
N.C.
OUT1–
N.C.
OUT2–
N.C.
OUT3–
N.C.
OUT4–
N.C.
N.C.
B1 B2 B3 B4 B5 B6 B7 B8 B9 B10 B11 B12 B13 B14 B15 B16 B17 B18 B19 B20
A1 A2 A3 A4 A5 A6 A7 A8 A9 A10 A11 A12 A13 A14 A15 A16 A17 A18 A19 A20
N.C.
Signal Name
Terminal No.
Terminal No.
Signal Name
Reserved
General-purpose Terminal Blocks (Terminal No./Signal Name) (*1)
Reserved
•
A010942E.ai
*1:
Correspondence between terminal numbers and signal names are examples of connections using MIL cables (straight type).
IM 34P02Q01-01E
17th Edition : Jun. 29,2012-00
<A1. Autonomous Controller FCN>
A1.9.8
A1-67
Pulse Input Module for 8 Channels (NFAP135)
l NFAP135 (Pulse input for 8 channels, isolated channels)
IN1A
IN1B
Pressure clamp terminal IN1C
IN2A
CH2 IN2B
IN2C
CH1
CH7
CH8
IN7A
IN7B
IN7C
IN8A
IN8B
IN8C
A1
B1
A2
B2
A3
B3
A4
B4
A5
B5
A6
B6
A7
B7
A8
B8
A9
B9
A10
B10
A11
B11
A12
B12
A13
B13
A14
B14
A15
B15
A16
B16
A17
B17
A18
B18
: NC (Not used)
A010943E.ai
Figure External Connections for NFAP135
Note: For external connections, refer to “A1.6.1 Analog I/O Module (Speciication)”: “l Pulse Input Module (Individually Insulated Type)”
and “Examples of connections and settings depending on the input mode:.”
Table
Pin Assignments for NFAP135
CH No.
CH1
CH2
CH3
CH4
CH5
CH6
CH7
CH8
-
Pin No.
A1
A2
A3
A4
A5
A6
A7
A8
A9
A10
A11
A12
A13
A14
A15
A16
A17
A18
Pressure clamp terminal
Signal name Pin No. Signal name
IN1A
B1
NC
IN1B
B2
IN1C
IN2A
B3
NC
IN2B
B4
IN2C
IN3A
B5
NC
IN3B
B6
IN3C
IN4A
B7
NC
IN4B
B8
IN4C
IN5A
B9
NC
IN5B
B10
IN5C
IN6A
B11
NC
IN6B
B12
IN6C
IN7A
B13
NC
IN7B
B14
IN7C
IN8A
B15
NC
IN8B
B16
IN8C
NC
B17
NC
NC
B18
NC
Pin No.
40
38
36
34
32
30
28
26
24
22
20
18
16
14
12
10
8
6
4
2
MIL connector
Signal name Pin No.
IN1A
39
IN1B
37
IN2A
35
IN2B
33
IN3A
31
IN3B
29
IN4A
27
IN4B
25
IN5A
23
IN5B
21
IN6A
19
IN6B
17
IN7A
15
IN7B
13
IN8A
11
IN8B
9
NC
7
NC
5
NC
3
Reserved
1
IM 34P02Q01-01E
Signal name
NC
IN1C
NC
IN2C
NC
IN3C
NC
IN4C
NC
IN5C
NC
IN6C
NC
IN7C
NC
IN8C
NC
NC
NC
Reserved
17th Edition : Jun. 29,2012-00
A1-68
<A1. Autonomous Controller FCN>
•
MIL Connector
(Pin No./Signal Name)
Signal
name
IN1A
IN1B
IN2A
IN2B
IN3A
IN3B
IN4A
IN4B
IN5A
IN5B
IN6A
IN6B
IN7A
IN7B
IN8A
IN8B
N.C.
N.C.
N.C.
Reserved
Pin No.
40
38
36
34
32
30
28
26
24
22
20
18
16
14
12
10
8
6
4
2
•
Signal
name
N.C.
IN1C
N.C.
IN2C
N.C.
IN3C
N.C.
IN4C
N.C.
IN5C
N.C.
IN6C
N.C.
IN7C
N.C.
IN8C
N.C.
N.C.
N.C.
Reserved
39
37
35
33
31
29
27
25
23
21
19
17
15
13
11
9
7
5
3
1
Pressure clamp terminal
(Terminal No./Signal Name)
Signal
name
IN1A
IN1B
IN2A
IN2B
IN3A
IN3B
IN4A
IN4B
IN5A
IN5B
IN6A
IN6B
IN7A
IN7B
IN8A
IN8B
N.C.
N.C.
Terminal No.
A1
A2
A3
A4
A5
A6
A7
A8
A9
A10
A11
A12
A13
A14
A15
A16
A17
A18
Signal
name
N.C.
IN1C
N.C.
IN2C
N.C.
IN3C
N.C.
IN4C
N.C.
IN5C
N.C.
IN6C
N.C.
IN7C
N.C.
IN8C
N.C.
N.C.
B1
B2
B3
B4
B5
B6
B7
B8
B9
B10
B11
B12
B13
B14
B15
B16
B17
B18
A010945E.ai
A010944E.ai
IN1A
IN1B
IN2A
IN2B
IN3A
IN3B
IN4A
IN4B
IN5A
IN5B
IN6A
IN6B
IN7A
IN7B
IN8A
IN8B
N.C.
N.C.
N.C.
N.C.
IN1C
N.C.
IN2C
N.C.
IN3C
N.C.
IN4C
N.C.
IN5C
N.C.
IN6C
N.C.
IN7C
N.C.
IN8C
N.C.
N.C.
B1 B2 B3 B4 B5 B6 B7 B8 B9 B10 B11 B12 B13 B14 B15 B16 B17 B18 B19 B20
A1 A2 A3 A4 A5 A6 A7 A8 A9 A10 A11 A12 A13 A14 A15 A16 A17 A18 A19 A20
N.C.
Signal Name
Terminal No.
Terminal No.
Signal Name
Reserved
General-purpose Terminal Blocks (Terminal No./Signal Name) (*1)
Reserved
•
A010946E.ai
*1:
Correspondence between terminal numbers and signal names are examples of connections using MIL cables (straight type).
IM 34P02Q01-01E
17th Edition : Jun. 29,2012-00
<A1. Autonomous Controller FCN>
A1.9.9
A1-69
Frequency Input Module (NFAF135)
l NFAF135 (Frequency input for 8 channels, isolated channels)
IN1A
IN1B
Pressure clamp terminal IN1C
IN2A
CH2 IN2B
IN2C
CH1
CH7
CH8
IN7A
IN7B
IN7C
IN8A
IN8B
IN8C
A1
B1
A2
B2
A3
B3
A4
B4
A5
B5
A6
B6
A7
B7
A8
B8
A9
B9
A10
B10
A11
B11
A12
B12
A13
B13
A14
B14
A15
B15
A16
B16
A17
B17
A18
B18
: NC (Not used)
A010943E.ai
Figure External Connections for NFAF135
Note: For external connections, refer to “A1.6.1 Analog I/O Module (Speciication)”: “l Frequency Input Module (Individually Insulated
Type)” and “Examples of connections and settings depending on the input mode:.”
Table
Pin Assignments for NFAF135
CH No.
CH1
CH2
CH3
CH4
CH5
CH6
CH7
CH8
-
Pin No.
A1
A2
A3
A4
A5
A6
A7
A8
A9
A10
A11
A12
A13
A14
A15
A16
A17
A18
Pressure clamp terminal
Signal name Pin No. Signal name
IN1A
B1
NC
IN1B
B2
IN1C
IN2A
B3
NC
IN2B
B4
IN2C
IN3A
B5
NC
IN3B
B6
IN3C
IN4A
B7
NC
IN4B
B8
IN4C
IN5A
B9
NC
IN5B
B10
IN5C
IN6A
B11
NC
IN6B
B12
IN6C
IN7A
B13
NC
IN7B
B14
IN7C
IN8A
B15
NC
IN8B
B16
IN8C
NC
B17
NC
NC
B18
NC
Pin No.
40
38
36
34
32
30
28
26
24
22
20
18
16
14
12
10
8
6
4
2
MIL connector
Signal name Pin No.
IN1A
39
IN1B
37
IN2A
35
IN2B
33
IN3A
31
IN3B
29
IN4A
27
IN4B
25
IN5A
23
IN5B
21
IN6A
19
IN6B
17
IN7A
15
IN7B
13
IN8A
11
IN8B
9
NC
7
NC
5
NC
3
Reserved
1
IM 34P02Q01-01E
Signal name
NC
IN1C
NC
IN2C
NC
IN3C
NC
IN4C
NC
IN5C
NC
IN6C
NC
IN7C
NC
IN8C
NC
NC
NC
Reserved
17th Edition : Jun. 29,2012-00
A1-70
<A1. Autonomous Controller FCN>
•
MIL Connector
(Pin No./Signal Name)
Signal
name
IN1A
IN1B
IN2A
IN2B
IN3A
IN3B
IN4A
IN4B
IN5A
IN5B
IN6A
IN6B
IN7A
IN7B
IN8A
IN8B
N.C.
N.C.
N.C.
Reserved
Pin No.
40
38
36
34
32
30
28
26
24
22
20
18
16
14
12
10
8
6
4
2
•
Signal
name
N.C.
IN1C
N.C.
IN2C
N.C.
IN3C
N.C.
IN4C
N.C.
IN5C
N.C.
IN6C
N.C.
IN7C
N.C.
IN8C
N.C.
N.C.
N.C.
Reserved
39
37
35
33
31
29
27
25
23
21
19
17
15
13
11
9
7
5
3
1
Pressure clamp terminal
(Terminal No./Signal Name)
Signal
name
IN1A
IN1B
IN2A
IN2B
IN3A
IN3B
IN4A
IN4B
IN5A
IN5B
IN6A
IN6B
IN7A
IN7B
IN8A
IN8B
N.C.
N.C.
Terminal No.
A1
A2
A3
A4
A5
A6
A7
A8
A9
A10
A11
A12
A13
A14
A15
A16
A17
A18
Signal
name
N.C.
IN1C
N.C.
IN2C
N.C.
IN3C
N.C.
IN4C
N.C.
IN5C
N.C.
IN6C
N.C.
IN7C
N.C.
IN8C
N.C.
N.C.
B1
B2
B3
B4
B5
B6
B7
B8
B9
B10
B11
B12
B13
B14
B15
B16
B17
B18
A010945E.ai
A010944E.ai
IN1A
IN1B
IN2A
IN2B
IN3A
IN3B
IN4A
IN4B
IN5A
IN5B
IN6A
IN6B
IN7A
IN7B
IN8A
IN8B
N.C.
N.C.
N.C.
N.C.
IN1C
N.C.
IN2C
N.C.
IN3C
N.C.
IN4C
N.C.
IN5C
N.C.
IN6C
N.C.
IN7C
N.C.
IN8C
N.C.
N.C.
B1 B2 B3 B4 B5 B6 B7 B8 B9 B10 B11 B12 B13 B14 B15 B16 B17 B18 B19 B20
A1 A2 A3 A4 A5 A6 A7 A8 A9 A10 A11 A12 A13 A14 A15 A16 A17 A18 A19 A20
N.C.
Signal Name
Terminal No.
Terminal No.
Signal Name
Reserved
General-purpose Terminal Blocks (Terminal No./Signal Name) (*1)
Reserved
•
A010946E.ai
*1:
Correspondence between terminal numbers and signal names are examples of connections using MIL cables (straight type).
IM 34P02Q01-01E
17th Edition : Jun. 29,2012-00
<A1. Autonomous Controller FCN>
A1-71
A1.10 Digital I/O Module Signal Connection
I/O signal cables can be connected to digital I/O modules by using pressure clamp
terminals. They can also be connected to the digital I/O module via MIL connector cables.
This section explains the I/O channel numbers using connection diagrams and tables.
l Pressure Clamp Terminals
The terminals of pressure clamp terminals are arranged from A1 to A18 facing the terminal and
counting from the top of the left column. B1 to B18 are arranged from the top of the right column.
Pressure clamp terminal block
Dedicated pressure clamp
terminal block
STATUS ACT
A1
DX
B1
Pin numbers are the same
A18
B18
A011001E.ai
Figure Terminal Numbers for Pressure clamp Terminals
IM 34P02Q01-01E
17th Edition : Jun. 29,2012-00
<A1. Autonomous Controller FCN>
A1-72
l MIL Connectors
The following shows the pin number arrangements of the MIL connectors. The MIL connector for
digital I/O has 50 pins.
50
50
49
49
CN1 CN2
50
49
MIL connector pin numbers
(50 pins)
2
1
2
50-pin MIL connector
1
2
1
2-row 50-pin MIL connector
A011002E.ai
Figure MIL Connector Pin Number
IM 34P02Q01-01E
17th Edition : Jun. 29,2012-00
<A1. Autonomous Controller FCN>
A1-73
n Example of Correspondence between Pressure clamp Terminals and
MIL Connector Pin Numbers
The following igure shows an example of the correspondence between I/O channel numbers
and pin numbers of pressure clamp terminals and MIL connector. The connection diagram and
tables on the following pages are for pressure clamp terminals only, but the correspondence with
MIL connectors are shown below.
Pressure clamp terminal
1
2
15
A1
B1
MIL Connector
17
18
1
50
49
2
48
47
A2
B2
A3
B3
46
45
A4
B4
44
43
A5
B5
42
41
A6
B6
40
39
A7
B7
38
37
A8
B8
36
35
A9
B9
34
33
A10
B10
32
31
A11
B11
30
29
A12
B12
28
27
A13
B13
26
25
A14
B14
24
23
A15
B15
15
22
21
16
20
19
COMA
18
17
COMA
16
15
COMA
14
13
COMA
12
11
10
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
16
A16
B16
COMA
A17
B17
A18
B18
31
32
COMB
: NC (Not used)
Reserved
17
18
31
32
COMB
COMB
COMB
COMB
Reserved
A011003E.ai
Figure Example of Correspondence between I/O Channels and Pressure Clamp Terminals or MIL
Connector Pin
IM 34P02Q01-01E
17th Edition : Jun. 29,2012-00
<A1. Autonomous Controller FCN>
A1-74
n MIL Cables (Straight Type) and General-purpose Terminal Blocks
When MIL cables (straight type) and general-purpose terminal blocks are used for input/output
modules, the connectors of the input/output modules correspond to terminal numbers of the
general-purpose terminal blocks as shown below. For customer-supplied MIL cables and
terminal blocks, refer to the respective speciications carefully.
*1:
Equivalent to MIL cables (KMS50-0 ) and general purpose terminal block(TAS50-0N) made by yokogawa. For details of these
cables, refer to GS 34P02Q43-01E, “MIL Connector Terminal Blocks, MIL Connector Cables.”
Pin No. of MIL Connectors and
Terminal No. of General-purpose
Terminal Blocks (MIL 50-pin)
Terminal No. of
Pin No. of MIL
General-purpose
Connector
Terminal Block
MIL50-pin
50
49
MIL Cable
(straight type)
2 : MIL Pin No.
B1 : Terminal Block
No.
1
A1
2
B1
3
A2
4
B2
47
A24
48
B24
49
A25
50
B25
General-purpose
Terminal Block
1 : MIL Pin No.
A1 : Terminal Block
No.
50 : MIL Pin No.
B25 : Terminal Block No.
49 : MIL Pin No.
A25 : Terminal Block No.
A011028E.ai
Figure Correspondence between the Signal Lines of MIL (50-pin) Connectors and Those of Generalpurpose Terminal Blocks
n Precaution for Wiring Work
CAUTION
Do not perform wiring while power is on.
NFDV141, NFDV142, and NFDR541 have 100 V AC or 200 V AC of voltage applied to the signal
wires. There is risk of receiving an electric shock. Turn off all power before performing wiring
work.
IM 34P02Q01-01E
17th Edition : Jun. 29,2012-00
A1-75
<A1. Autonomous Controller FCN>
A1.10.1
Digital Input Module, 32 Channel/24 V DC (NFDV151)
Dedicated Pressure Clamps
17
1
A1
B1
2
A2
B2
A3
B3
A4
B4
A5
B5
A6
B6
A7
B7
A8
B8
A9
B9
A10
B10
A11
B11
A12
B12
A13
B13
A14
B14
A15
B15
A16
B16
A17
B17
A18
Common A
B18 ?Terminal A17:
B17:Common B
16
DC24V
18
32
DC24V
: NC (Not used)
A011004E.ai
Figure Example of External Connections for NFDV151
Table
Pin Assignments for NFDV151
Pin No.
A1
A2
A3
A4
A5
A6
A7
A8
A9
A10
A11
A12
A13
A14
A15
A16
A17
A18
*1:
*2:
MIL connector
Pin No. Signal name Pin No.
50
IN1
49
48
IN2
47
46
IN3
45
44
IN4
43
42
IN5
41
40
IN6
39
38
IN7
37
36
IN8
35
34
IN9
33
32
IN10
31
30
IN11
29
28
IN12
27
26
IN13
25
24
IN14
23
22
IN15
21
20
IN16
19
18
COM1-16
17
16
COM1-16
15
14
COM1-16
13
12
COM1-16
11
10, 8
NC
9, 7
6, 4
NC (*1)
5, 3
2
Reserved
1
Pressure clamp terminal
Signal name Signal name Pin No. Signal name
IN17
IN1
B1
IN17
IN18
IN2
B2
IN18
IN19
IN3
B3
IN19
IN20
IN4
B4
IN20
IN21
IN5
B5
IN21
IN22
IN6
B6
IN22
IN23
IN7
B7
IN23
IN24
IN8
B8
IN24
IN25
IN9
B9
IN25
IN26
IN10
B10
IN26
IN27
IN11
B11
IN27
IN28
IN12
B12
IN28
IN29
IN13
B13
IN29
IN30
IN14
B14
IN30
IN31
IN15
B15
IN31
IN32
IN16
B16
IN32
COM17-32 COM1-16 (*2)
B17
COM17-32 (*2)
COM17-32
NC
B18
NC
COM17-32
COM17-32
NC
NC (*1)
Reserved
For the purpose of maintaining the insulation distance, use the pin-less speciication for pins 3, 4, 5, and 6 on the external cable
side’s MIL connectors.
When using pressure clamp terminals with surge absorber (NFTB5S-10), A17 and B17 are shorted.
IM 34P02Q01-01E
17th Edition : Jun. 29,2012-00
A1-76
<A1. Autonomous Controller FCN>
•
MIL Connector
(Pin No./Signal Name)
Signal
name
IN1
IN2
IN3
IN4
IN5
IN6
IN7
IN8
IN9
IN10
IN11
IN12
IN13
IN14
IN15
IN16
COM1-16
COM1-16
COM1-16
COM1-16
N.C.
N.C.
N.C.
N.C.
Reserved
Pin No.
50
48
46
44
42
40
38
36
34
32
30
28
26
24
22
20
18
16
14
12
10
8
6
4
2
•
Signal
name
OUT1
OUT2
OUT3
OUT4
OUT5
OUT6
OUT7
OUT8
OUT9
OUT10
OUT11
OUT12
OUT13
OUT14
OUT15
OUT16
COM1-16
24 V DC
Signal
name
IN17
IN18
IN19
IN20
IN21
IN22
IN23
IN24
IN25
IN26
IN27
IN28
IN29
IN30
IN31
IN32
COM17-32
COM17-32
COM17-32
COM17-32
N.C.
N.C.
N.C.
N.C.
Reserved
49
47
45
43
41
39
37
35
33
31
29
27
25
23
21
19
17
15
13
11
9
7
5
3
1
Pressure clamp terminal
(Terminal No./Signal Name)
Terminal No.
A1
A2
A3
A4
A5
A6
A7
A8
A9
A10
A11
A12
A13
A14
A15
A16
A17
A18
Signal
name
OUT17
OUT18
OUT19
OUT20
OUT21
OUT22
OUT23
OUT24
OUT25
OUT26
OUT27
OUT28
OUT29
OUT30
OUT31
OUT32
COM17-32
24 V DC
B1
B2
B3
B4
B5
B6
B7
B8
B9
B10
B11
B12
B13
B14
B15
B16
B17
B18
A011006E.ai
A011005E.ai
IN1
IN2
IN3
IN4
IN5
IN6
IN7
IN8
IN9
IN10
IN11
IN12
IN13
IN14
IN15
IN16
COM1–16
COM1–16
COM1–16
COM1–16
N.C.
N.C.
N.C.
N.C.
IN17
IN18
IN19
IN20
IN21
IN22
IN23
IN24
IN25
IN26
IN27
IN28
IN29
IN30
IN31
IN32
COM17–32
COM17–32
COM17–32
COM17–32
N.C.
N.C.
N.C.
N.C.
B1 B2 B3 B4 B5 B6 B7 B8 B9 B10 B11 B12 B13 B14 B15 B16 B17 B18 B19 B20 B21 B22 B23 B24 B25
A1 A2 A3 A4 A5 A6 A7 A8 A9 A10 A11 A12 A13 A14 A15 A16 A17 A18 A19 A20 A21 A22 A23 A24 A25
Reserved
Signal Name
Terminal No.
Terminal No.
Signal Name
General-purpose Terminal Blocks (Terminal No./Signal Name) (*1) (NFDV151)
Reserved
•
A011007E.ai
*1:
Correspondence between terminal numbers and signal names are examples of connections using MIL cables (straight type).
Note: For the method of external wiring, please refer to pressure clamp terminal section.
IM 34P02Q01-01E
17th Edition : Jun. 29,2012-00
<A1. Autonomous Controller FCN>
A1.10.2
A1-77
Digital Input Module, 32 Channel/24 V DC (NFDV157)
The NFDV157 has only dedicated Pressure clamps.
Dedicated Pressure Clamps
1
A1
B1
2
A2
B2
A3
B3
A4
B4
A5
B5
A6
B6
A7
B7
A8
B8
A9
B9
A10
B10
A11
B11
A12
B12
A13
B13
A14
B14
A15
B15
A16
B16
A17
B17
A18
B18
16
DC24V
17
18
32
DC24V
Terminal A17: Common A
B17: Common B
: NC (Not used)
A011008E.ai
Figure Example of External Connections for NFDV157
Table
Pin Assignments for NFDV157 (No MIL connection available)
Pressure clamp terminal (Dedicated)
Pin No. Signal name Pin No. Signal name
A1
IN1
B1
IN17
A2
IN2
B2
IN18
A3
IN3
B3
IN19
A4
IN4
B4
IN20
A5
IN5
B5
IN21
A6
IN6
B6
IN22
A7
IN7
B7
IN23
A8
IN8
B8
IN24
A9
IN9
B9
IN25
A10
IN10
B10
IN26
A11
IN11
B11
IN27
A12
IN12
B12
IN28
A13
IN13
B13
IN29
A14
IN14
B14
IN30
A15
IN15
B15
IN31
A16
IN16
B16
IN32
A17
COM1-16
B17
COM17-32
A18
NC
B18
NC
IM 34P02Q01-01E
17th Edition : Jun. 29,2012-00
<A1. Autonomous Controller FCN>
A1.10.3
A1-78
Digital Input Module, 16 Channel (NFDV141, NFDV142)
NFDV141 is 100 to 120 V AC input. NFDV142 is 200 to 240 V AC input.
Pressure clamp terminal
Switch
To B1
1
A1
B1
2
A2
B2
A3
B3
A4
B4
A5
B5
A6
B6
A7
B7
A8
B8
A9
B9
A10
B10
B8
8
10
11
To B10
B17
17
A11
B11
A12
B12
A13
B13
A14
B14
A15
B15
A16
B16
A17
B17
A18
B18
8-point batch common
8-point batch common
: NC (Not used)
Terminal B1 to B8 : Common A
B10 to B17 : Common B
A011009E.ai
Figure Example of External Connections for NFDV141 and NFDV142
Table
Pin Assignments for NFDV141 and NFDV142 (No MIL connection available)
Pin No.
A1
A2
A3
A4
A5
A6
A7
A8
A9
A10
A11
A12
A13
A14
A15
A16
A17
A18
Pressure clamp terminal
Signal name Pin No. Signal name
IN1
B1
COM1-8
IN2
B2
COM1-8
IN3
B3
COM1-8
IN4
B4
COM1-8
IN5
B5
COM1-8
IN6
B6
COM1-8
IN7
B7
COM1-8
IN8
B8
COM1-8
NC
B9
NC
IN9
B10
COM9-16
IN10
B11
COM9-16
IN11
B12
COM9-16
IN12
B13
COM9-16
IN13
B14
COM9-16
IN14
B15
COM9-16
IN15
B16
COM9-16
IN16
B17
COM9-16
NC
B18
NC
IM 34P02Q01-01E
17th Edition : Jun. 29,2012-00
<A1. Autonomous Controller FCN>
A1.10.4
A1-79
Pulse Width Output Module (NFDV532)
Dedicated Pressure Clamps
1
A1
B1
2
3
A2
B2
A3
B3
4
A4
B4
5
A5
B5
6
A6
B6
7
A7
B7
8
A8
B8
A9
B9
A10
B10
A11
B11
A12
B12
A13
B13
A14
B14
A15
B15
A16
B16
A17
B17
A18
B18
: Indicates load
: NC (Not used)
Terminal A17: Common
DC24V
A011010E.ai
Figure Example of External Connections for NFDV532
Table
Pin Assignments for NFDV532
Pin No.
50
48
46
44
42
40
38
36
34
32
30
28
26
24
22
20
18
16
14
12
10, 8
6, 4
2
*1:
*2:
MIL connector
Signal name Pin No.
UP1
49
DOWN1
47
UP2
45
DOWN2
43
UP3
41
DOWN3
39
UP4
37
DOWN4
35
N.C.
33
N.C.
31
N.C.
29
N.C.
27
N.C.
25
N.C.
23
N.C.
21
N.C.
19
COM
17
COM
15
COM
13
COM
11
24VDC
9, 7
N.C. (*1)
5, 3
Reserved
1
Signal name
N.C.
N.C.
N.C.
N.C.
N.C.
N.C.
N.C.
N.C.
N.C.
N.C.
N.C.
N.C.
N.C.
N.C.
N.C.
N.C.
N.C.
N.C.
N.C.
N.C.
N.C.
N.C. (*1)
Reserved
Pin No.
A1
A2
A3
A4
A5
A6
A7
A8
A9
A10
A11
A12
A13
A14
A15
A16
A17
A18
Pressure clamp terminal
Signal name Pin No. Signal name
UP1
B1
N.C.
DOWN1
B2
N.C.
UP2
B3
N.C.
DOWN2
B4
N.C.
UP3
B5
N.C.
DOWN3
B6
N.C.
UP4
B7
N.C.
DOWN4
B8
N.C.
N.C.
B9
N.C.
N.C.
B10
N.C.
N.C.
B11
N.C.
N.C.
B12
N.C.
N.C.
B13
N.C.
N.C.
B14
N.C.
N.C.
B15
N.C.
N.C.
B16
N.C.
COM(*2)
B17
N.C.
24VDC
B18
N.C.
For the purpose of maintaining insulation distance, use the pin-less speciication for pins 3, 4, 5, and 6 on the external cable
side’s MIL connector.
When using pressure clamp terminals with surge absorber (NFTD5S-10), A17 and B17, A18 and B18 are shorted.
IM 34P02Q01-01E
17th Edition : Jun. 29,2012-00
A1-80
<A1. Autonomous Controller FCN>
•
MIL Connector
(Pin No./Signal Name)
Pin No.
Signal
name
UP1
DOWN1
UP2
DOWN2
UP3
DOWN3
UP4
DOWN4
N.C.
N.C.
N.C.
N.C.
N.C.
N.C.
N.C.
N.C.
COM
COM
COM
COM
24VDC
24VDC
N.C.
N.C.
Reserved
50
48
46
44
42
40
38
36
34
32
30
28
26
24
22
20
18
16
14
12
10
8
6
4
2
•
Signal
name
49
47
45
43
41
39
37
35
33
31
29
27
25
23
21
19
17
15
13
11
9
7
5
3
1
Pressure clamp terminal
(Terminal No./Signal Name)
Pin No.
Signal
name
UP1
DOWN1
UP2
DOWN2
UP3
DOWN3
UP4
DOWN4
N.C.
N.C.
N.C.
N.C.
N.C.
N.C.
N.C.
N.C.
COM
24VDC
N.C.
N.C.
N.C.
N.C.
N.C.
N.C.
N.C.
N.C.
N.C.
N.C.
N.C.
N.C.
N.C.
N.C.
N.C.
N.C.
N.C.
N.C.
N.C.
N.C.
N.C.
N.C.
N.C.
N.C.
Reserved
A1
A2
A3
A4
A5
A6
A7
A8
A9
A10
A11
A12
A13
A14
A15
A16
A17
A18
Signal
name
B1
B2
B3
B4
B5
B6
B7
B8
B9
B10
B11
B12
B13
B14
B15
B16
B17
B18
N.C.
N.C.
N.C.
N.C.
N.C.
N.C.
N.C.
N.C.
N.C.
N.C.
N.C.
N.C.
N.C.
N.C.
N.C.
N.C.
N.C.
N.C.
A011012E.ai
A011011E.ai
UP1
DOWN1
UP2
DOWN2
UP3
DOWN3
UP4
DOWN4
N.C.
N.C.
N.C.
N.C.
N.C.
N.C.
N.C.
N.C.
COM
COM
COM
COM
24VDC
24VDC
N.C.
N.C.
General-purpose Terminal Blocks (Terminal No./Signal Name) (*1) (NFDV532)
Reserved
•
N.C.
N.C.
N.C.
N.C.
N.C.
N.C.
N.C.
N.C.
N.C.
N.C.
N.C.
N.C.
N.C.
N.C.
N.C.
N.C.
N.C.
N.C.
N.C.
N.C.
N.C.
N.C.
N.C.
N.C.
Reserved
Signal Name
Terminal No. B1 B2 B3 B4 A5 B6 B7 B8 B9 B10 B11 A12 B13 B14 B15 B16 B17 B18 B19 B20 B21 B22 B23 B24 B25
A1 A2 A3 A4 A5 A6 A7 A8 A9 A10 A11 A12 A13 A14 A15 A16 A17 A18 A19 A20 A21 A22 A23 A24 A25
Terminal No.
Signal Name
A011013E.ai
*1:
Correspondence between terminal numbers and signal names are examples of connections using MIL cables (straight type).
IM 34P02Q01-01E
17th Edition : Jun. 29,2012-00
<A1. Autonomous Controller FCN>
A1.10.5
A1-81
Digital Output Module, 32 Channel/24 V DC (NFDV551)
Dedicated Pressure Clamps
1
2
A1
B1
A2
B2
A3
B3
A4
B4
A5
B5
A6
B6
A7
B7
A8
B8
A9
B9
A10
B10
A11
B11
A12
B12
A13
B13
A14
B14
15
A15
B15
16
A16
B16
A17
B17
A18
B18
DC24 V
17
18
: Indicates load
31
32
DC24 V
Terminal A17: Common A
B17: Common B
A011014E.ai
Figure Example of External Connections for NFDV551
Table
Pin Assignments for NFDV551
Pin No.
50
48
46
44
42
40
38
36
34
32
30
28
26
24
22
20
18
16
14
12
10, 8
6, 4
2
*1:
*2:
MIL connector
Signal name Pin No.
OUT1
49
OUT2
47
OUT3
45
OUT4
43
OUT5
41
OUT6
39
OUT7
37
OUT8
35
OUT9
33
OUT10
31
OUT11
29
OUT12
27
OUT13
25
OUT14
23
OUT15
21
OUT16
19
COM1-16
17
COM1-16
15
COM1-16
13
COM1-16
11
24VDC
9, 7
NC (*1)
5, 3
Reserved
1
Signal name
OUT17
OUT18
OUT19
OUT20
OUT21
OUT22
OUT23
OUT24
OUT25
OUT26
OUT27
OUT28
OUT29
OUT30
OUT31
OUT32
COM17-32
COM17-32
COM17-32
COM17-32
24VDC
NC (*1)
Reserved
Pin No.
A1
A2
A3
A4
A5
A6
A7
A8
A9
A10
A11
A12
A13
A14
A15
A16
A17
A18
Pressure clamp terminal
Signal name Pin No. Signal name
OUT1
B1
OUT17
OUT2
B2
OUT18
OUT3
B3
OUT19
OUT4
B4
OUT20
OUT5
B5
OUT21
OUT6
B6
OUT22
OUT7
B7
OUT23
OUT8
B8
OUT24
OUT9
B9
OUT25
OUT10
B10
OUT26
OUT11
B11
OUT27
OUT12
B12
OUT28
OUT13
B13
OUT29
OUT14
B14
OUT30
OUT15
B15
OUT31
OUT16
B16
OUT32
COM1-16 (*2)
B17
COM17-32 (*2)
24VDC
B18
24VDC
For the purpose of maintaining insulation distance, use the pin-less speciication for pins 3, 4, 5, and 6 on the external cable
side’s MIL connector.
When using pressure clamp terminals with surge absorber (NFTD5S-10), A17 and B17, A18 and B18 are shorted.
IM 34P02Q01-01E
17th Edition : Jun. 29,2012-00
A1-82
<A1. Autonomous Controller FCN>
•
MIL Connector
(Pin No./Signal Name)
Signal
name
OUT1
OUT2
OUT3
OUT4
OUT5
OUT6
OUT7
OUT8
OUT9
OUT10
OUT11
OUT12
OUT13
OUT14
OUT15
OUT16
COM1-16
COM1-16
COM1-16
COM1-16
24 V DC
24 V DC
N.C.
N.C.
Reserved
Pin No.
50
48
46
44
42
40
38
36
34
32
30
28
26
24
22
20
18
16
14
12
10
8
6
4
2
•
Signal
name
OUT1
OUT2
OUT3
OUT4
OUT5
OUT6
OUT7
OUT8
OUT9
OUT10
OUT11
OUT12
OUT13
OUT14
OUT15
OUT16
COM1-16
24 V DC
Signal
name
OUT17
OUT18
OUT19
OUT20
OUT21
OUT22
OUT23
OUT24
OUT25
OUT26
OUT27
OUT28
OUT29
OUT30
OUT31
OUT32
COM17-32
COM17-32
COM17-32
COM17-32
24 V DC
24 V DC
N.C.
N.C.
Reserved
49
47
45
43
41
39
37
35
33
31
29
27
25
23
21
19
17
15
13
11
9
7
5
3
1
Pressure clamp terminal
(Terminal No./Signal Name)
Terminal No.
A1
A2
A3
A4
A5
A6
A7
A8
A9
A10
A11
A12
A13
A14
A15
A16
A17
A18
Signal
name
OUT17
OUT18
OUT19
OUT20
OUT21
OUT22
OUT23
OUT24
OUT25
OUT26
OUT27
OUT28
OUT29
OUT30
OUT31
OUT32
COM17-32
24 V DC
B1
B2
B3
B4
B5
B6
B7
B8
B9
B10
B11
B12
B13
B14
B15
B16
B17
B18
A011016E.ai
A011015E.ai
OUT1
OUT2
OUT3
OUT4
OUT5
OUT6
OUT7
OUT8
OUT9
OUT10
OUT11
OUT12
OUT13
OUT14
OUT15
OUT16
COM1–16
COM1–16
COM1–16
COM1–16
24 V DC
N.C.
N.C.
24 V DC
General-purpose Terminal Blocks (Terminal No./Signal Name) (*1) (NFDV551)
Reserved
•
OUT17
OUT18
OUT19
OUT20
OUT21
OUT22
OUT23
OUT24
OUT25
OUT26
OUT27
OUT28
OUT29
OUT30
OUT31
OUT32
COM17–32
COM17–32
COM17–32
COM17–32
24 V DC
24 V DC
N.C.
N.C.
Reserved
Signal Name
Terminal No.
B1 B2 B3 B4 B5 B6 B7 B8 B9 B10 B11 B12 B13 B14 B15 B16 B17 B18 B19 B20 B21 B22 B23 B24 B25
Terminal No. A1 A2 A3 A4 A5 A6 A7 A8 A9 A10 A11 A12 A13 A14 A15 A16 A17 A18 A19 A20 A21 A22 A23 A24 A25
Signal Name
A011017E.ai
*1:
Correspondence between terminal numbers and signal names are examples of connections using MIL cables (straight type).
IM 34P02Q01-01E
17th Edition : Jun. 29,2012-00
<A1. Autonomous Controller FCN>
A1.10.6
A1-83
Digital Output Module, 32 Channel/24 V DC (NFDV557)
The NFDV557 has only dedicated Pressure clamps.
Dedicated Pressure Clamps
1
2
A1
B1
A2
B2
A3
B3
A4
B4
A5
B5
A6
B6
A7
B7
A8
B8
A9
B9
A10
B10
A11
B11
A12
B12
A13
B13
A14
B14
15
A15
B15
16
A16
B16
A17
B17
A18
B18
DC24 V
17
18
: Indicates load
31
32
DC24 V
Terminal A17: Common A
B17: Common B
A011018E.ai
Figure Example of External Connections for NFDV557
Table
Pin Assignments for NFDV557 (No MIL connection available)
Pressure clamp terminal (Dedicated)
Pin No. Signal name Pin No.
0 pt
A1
OUT1
B1
OUT17
A2
OUT2
B2
OUT18
A3
OUT3
B3
OUT19
A4
OUT4
B4
OUT20
A5
OUT5
B5
OUT21
A6
OUT6
B6
OUT22
A7
OUT7
B7
OUT23
A8
OUT8
B8
OUT24
A9
OUT9
B9
OUT25
A10
OUT10
B10
OUT26
A11
OUT11
B11
OUT27
A12
OUT12
B12
OUT28
A13
OUT13
B13
OUT29
A14
OUT14
B14
OUT30
A15
OUT15
B15
OUT31
A16
OUT16
B16
OUT32
A17
COM1-16
B17
COM17-32
A18
24VDC
B18
24VDC
IM 34P02Q01-01E
17th Edition : Jun. 29,2012-00
A1-84
<A1. Autonomous Controller FCN>
A1.10.7
Digital Input Module, 64 Channel/24 V DC (NFDV161)
CN1
MIL 50 pins x 2 rows
17
18
31
32
50
48
46
44
42
40
38
36
34
32
30
28
26
24
22
20
18
16
14
12
10
8
6
4
2
1
2
3
15
16
DC24V
CN2
49
47
45
43
41
39
37
35
33
31
29
27
25
23
21
19
17
15
13
11
9
7
5
3
1
Reserved
50
48
46
44
42
40
38
36
34
32
30
28
26
24
22
20
18
16
14
12
10
8
6
4
2
33
49
47
45
43
41
39
37
35
33
31
29
27
25
23
21
19
17
15
13
11
9
7
5
3
1
49
50
34
35
47
48
63
64
: NC (Not used)
DC24V
Terminals CN1, CN2
[11 18] : Common
Reserved
A011019E.ai
Figure Example of External Connections for NFDV161
Table
Pin Assignments for NFDV161
Pin No.
50
48
46
44
42
40
38
36
34
32
30
28
26
24
22
20
18
16
14
12
10, 8
6, 4
2
*1:
MIL connector (CN1)
Signal name Pin No.
IN1
49
IN2
47
IN3
45
IN4
43
IN5
41
IN6
39
IN7
37
IN8
35
IN9
33
IN10
31
IN11
29
IN12
27
IN13
25
IN14
23
IN15
21
IN16
19
COM1-16
17
COM1-16
15
COM1-16
13
COM1-16
11
NC
9, 7
NC (*1)
5, 3
Reserved
1
Signal name
IN17
IN18
IN19
IN20
IN21
IN22
IN23
IN24
IN25
IN26
IN27
IN28
IN29
IN30
IN31
IN32
COM17-32
COM17-32
COM17-32
COM17-32
NC
NC (*1)
Reserved
Pin No.
50
48
46
44
42
40
38
36
34
32
30
28
26
24
22
20
18
16
14
12
10, 8
6, 4
2
MIL connector (CN2)
Signal name Pin No.
IN33
49
IN34
47
IN35
45
IN36
43
IN37
41
IN38
39
IN39
37
IN40
35
IN41
33
IN42
31
IN43
29
IN44
27
IN45
25
IN46
23
IN47
21
IN48
19
COM33-48
17
COM33-48
15
COM33-48
13
COM33-48
11
NC
9, 7
NC (*1)
5, 3
Reserved
1
Signal name
IN49
IN50
IN51
IN52
IN53
IN54
IN55
IN56
IN57
IN58
IN59
IN60
IN61
IN62
IN63
IN64
COM49-64
COM49-64
COM49-64
COM49-64
NC
NC (*1)
Reserved
For the purpose of maintaining insulation distance, use the pin-less speciication for pins 3, 4, 5 and 6 on the external cable side’s
MIL connector.
IM 34P02Q01-01E
17th Edition : Jun. 29,2012-00
A1-85
<A1. Autonomous Controller FCN>
•
MIL Connector (Pin No./Signal Name)
[CN1]
Signal
name
IN1
IN2
IN3
IN4
IN5
IN6
IN7
IN8
IN9
IN10
IN11
IN12
IN13
IN14
IN15
IN16
COM1-16
COM1-16
COM1-16
COM1-16
N.C.
N.C.
N.C.
N.C.
Reserved
[CN2]
Pin No.
50
48
46
44
42
40
38
36
34
32
30
28
26
24
22
20
18
16
14
12
10
8
6
4
2
Signal
name
IN17
IN18
IN19
IN20
IN21
IN22
IN23
IN24
IN25
IN26
IN27
IN28
IN29
IN30
IN31
IN32
COM17-32
COM17-32
COM17-32
COM17-32
N.C.
N.C.
N.C.
N.C.
Reserved
49
47
45
43
41
39
37
35
33
31
29
27
25
23
21
19
17
15
13
11
9
7
5
3
1
Signal
name
IN33
IN34
IN35
IN36
IN37
IN38
IN39
IN40
IN41
IN42
IN43
IN44
IN45
IN46
IN47
IN48
COM33-48
COM33-48
COM33-48
COM33-48
N.C.
N.C.
N.C.
N.C.
Reserved
Pin No.
50
48
46
44
42
40
38
36
34
32
30
28
26
24
22
20
18
16
14
12
10
8
6
4
2
Signal
name
IN49
IN50
IN51
IN52
IN53
IN54
IN55
IN56
IN57
IN58
IN59
IN60
IN61
IN62
IN63
IN64
COM49-64
COM49-64
COM49-64
COM49-64
N.C.
N.C.
N.C.
N.C.
Reserved
49
47
45
43
41
39
37
35
33
31
29
27
25
23
21
19
17
15
13
11
9
7
5
3
1
A011020E.ai
•
General-purpose Terminal Blocks (Terminal No./Signal Name) (*1)
IN1
IN2
IN3
IN4
IN5
IN6
IN7
IN8
IN9
IN10
IN11
IN12
IN13
IN14
IN15
IN16
COM1–16
COM1–16
COM1–16
COM1–16
N.C.
N.C.
N.C.
N.C.
IN17
IN18
IN19
IN20
IN21
IN22
IN23
IN24
IN25
IN26
IN27
IN28
IN29
IN30
IN31
IN32
COM17–32
COM17–32
COM17–32
COM17–32
N.C.
N.C.
N.C.
N.C.
B1 B2 B3 B4 B5 B6 B7 B8 B9 B10 B11 B12 B13 B14 B15 B16 B17 B18 B19 B20 B21 B22 B23 B24 B25
A1 A2 A3 A4 A5 A6 A7 A8 A9 A10 A11 A12 A13 A14 A15 A16 A17 A18 A19 A20 A21 A22 A23 A24 A25
Reserved
Signal Name
Terminal No.
Terminal No.
Signal Name
Reserved
[CN1]
A011021E.ai
IN33
IN34
IN35
IN36
IN37
IN38
IN39
IN40
IN41
IN42
IN43
IN44
IN45
IN46
IN47
IN48
COM33–48
COM33–48
COM33–48
COM33–48
N.C.
N.C.
N.C.
N.C.
IN49
IN50
IN51
IN52
IN53
IN54
IN55
IN56
IN57
IN58
IN59
IN60
IN61
IN62
IN63
IN64
COM49–64
COM49–64
COM49–64
COM49–64
N.C.
N.C.
N.C.
N.C.
B1 B2 B3 B4 B5 B6 B7 B8 B9 B10 B11 B12 B13 B14 B15 B16 B17 B18 B19 B20 B21 B22 B23 B24 B25
A1 A2 A3 A4 A5 A6 A7 A8 A9 A10 A11 A12 A13 A14 A15 A16 A17 A18 A19 A20 A21 A22 A23 A24 A25
Reserved
Signal Name
Terminal No.
Terminal No.
Signal Name
Reserved
[CN2]
A011022E.a
*1:
Correspondence between terminal numbers and signal names are examples of connections using MIL cables (straight type).
IM 34P02Q01-01E
17th Edition : Jun. 29,2012-00
A1-86
<A1. Autonomous Controller FCN>
A1.10.8
Digital Output Module, 64 Channel/24 V DC (NFDV561)
CN1
MIL 50 pins x 2 rows
17
18
1
2
3
: Indicates load
31
32
15
16
DC24V
: NC (Not used)
50
48
46
44
42
40
38
36
34
32
30
28
26
24
22
20
18
16
14
12
10
8
6
4
2
CN2
49
47
45
43
41
39
37
35
33
31
29
27
25
23
21
19
17
15
13
11
9
7
5
3
1
Reserved
50
48
46
44
42
40
38
36
34
32
30
28
26
24
22
20
18
16
14
12
10
8
6
4
2
33
49
47
45
43
41
39
37
35
33
31
29
27
25
23
21
19
17
15
13
11
9
7
5
3
1
49
50
34
35
47
48
63
64
Terminals CN1, CN2
[11 18] : Common
Reserved
A011023E.ai
Figure Example of External Connections for NFDV561
Table
Pin Assignments for NFDV561
Pin No.
50
48
46
44
42
40
38
36
34
32
30
28
26
24
22
20
18
16
14
12
10, 8
6, 4
2
*1:
MIL connector (CN1)
Signal name Pin No.
OUT1
49
OUT2
47
OUT3
45
OUT4
43
OUT5
41
OUT6
39
OUT7
37
OUT8
35
OUT9
33
OUT10
31
OUT11
29
OUT12
27
OUT13
25
OUT14
23
OUT15
21
OUT16
19
COM1-16
17
COM1-16
15
COM1-16
13
COM1-16
11
24V DC
9, 7
NC (*1)
5, 3
Reserved
1
Signal name
OUT17
OUT18
OUT19
OUT20
OUT21
OUT22
OUT23
OUT24
OUT25
OUT26
OUT27
OUT28
OUT29
OUT30
OUT31
OUT32
COM17-32
COM17-32
COM17-32
COM17-32
24V DC
NC (*1)
Reserved
Pin No.
50
48
46
44
42
40
38
36
34
32
30
28
26
24
22
20
18
16
14
12
10, 8
6, 4
2
MIL connector (CN2)
Signal name Pin No.
OUT33
49
OUT34
47
OUT35
45
OUT36
43
OUT37
41
OUT38
39
OUT39
37
OUT40
35
OUT41
33
OUT42
31
OUT43
29
OUT44
27
OUT45
25
OUT46
23
OUT47
21
OUT48
19
COM33-48
17
COM33-48
15
COM33-48
13
COM33-48
11
24V DC
9, 7
NC (*1)
5, 3
Reserved
1
Signal name
OUT49
OUT50
OUT51
OUT52
OUT53
OUT54
OUT55
OUT56
OUT57
OUT58
OUT59
OUT60
OUT61
OUT62
OUT63
OUT64
COM49-64
COM49-64
COM49-64
COM49-64
24V DC
NC (*1)
Reserved
For the purpose of maintaining insulation distance, use the pin-less speciication for pins 3, 4, 5 and 6 on the external cable side’s
the MIL connector.
IM 34P02Q01-01E
17th Edition : Jun. 29,2012-00
A1-87
<A1. Autonomous Controller FCN>
•
MIL Connector(Pin No./Signal Name)
[CN1]
Signal
name
OUT1
OUT2
OUT3
OUT4
OUT5
OUT6
OUT7
OUT8
OUT9
OUT10
OUT11
OUT12
OUT13
OUT14
OUT15
OUT16
COM1-16
COM1-16
COM1-16
COM1-16
24 V DC
24 V DC
N.C.
N.C.
Reserved
[CN2]
Pin No.
50
48
46
44
42
40
38
36
34
32
30
28
26
24
22
20
18
16
14
12
10
8
6
4
2
Signal
name
OUT17
OUT18
OUT19
OUT20
OUT21
OUT22
OUT23
OUT24
OUT25
OUT26
OUT27
OUT28
OUT29
OUT30
OUT31
OUT32
COM17-32
COM17-32
COM17-32
COM17-32
24 V DC
24 V DC
N.C.
N.C.
Reserved
49
47
45
43
41
39
37
35
33
31
29
27
25
23
21
19
17
15
13
11
9
7
5
3
1
Signal
name
OUT33
OUT34
OUT35
OUT36
OUT37
OUT38
OUT39
OUT40
OUT41
OUT42
OUT43
OUT44
OUT45
OUT46
OUT47
OUT48
COM33-48
COM33-48
COM33-48
COM33-48
24 V DC
24 V DC
N.C.
N.C.
Reserved
Pin No.
50
48
46
44
42
40
38
36
34
32
30
28
26
24
22
20
18
16
14
12
10
8
6
4
2
Signal
name
OUT49
OUT50
OUT51
OUT52
OUT53
OUT54
OUT55
OUT56
OUT57
OUT58
OUT59
OUT60
OUT61
OUT62
OUT63
OUT64
COM49-64
COM49-64
COM49-64
COM49-64
24 V DC
24 V DC
N.C.
N.C.
Reserved
49
47
45
43
41
39
37
35
33
31
29
27
25
23
21
19
17
15
13
11
9
7
5
3
1
A011024E.ai
•
General-purpose Terminal Blocks (Terminal No./Signal Name) (*1)
OUT1
OUT2
OUT3
OUT4
OUT5
OUT6
OUT7
OUT8
OUT9
OUT10
OUT11
OUT12
OUT13
OUT14
OUT15
OUT16
COM1–16
COM1–16
COM1–16
COM1–16
24 V DC
24 V DC
N.C.
N.C.
Reserved
[CN1]
OUT17
OUT18
OUT19
OUT20
OUT21
OUT22
OUT23
OUT24
OUT25
OUT26
OUT27
OUT28
OUT29
OUT30
OUT31
OUT32
COM17–32
COM17–32
COM17–32
COM17–32
24 V DC
24 V DC
N.C.
Reserved
N.C.
Signal Name
Terminal No.
B1 B2 B3 B4 B5 B6 B7 B8 B9 B10 B11 B12 B13 B14 B15 B16 B17 B18 B19 B20 B21 B22 B23 B24 B25
Terminal No. A1 A2 A3 A4 A5 A6 A7 A8 A9 A10 A11 A12 A13 A14 A15 A16 A17 A18 A19 A20 A21 A22 A23 A24 A25
Signal Name
A011025E.ai
OUT33
OUT34
OUT35
OUT36
OUT37
OUT38
OUT39
OUT40
OUT41
OUT42
OUT43
OUT44
OUT45
OUT46
OUT47
OUT48
COM33–48
COM33–48
COM33–48
COM33–48
24 V DC
24 V DC
N.C.
N.C.
OUT49
OUT50
OUT51
OUT52
OUT53
OUT54
OUT55
OUT56
OUT57
OUT58
OUT59
OUT60
OUT61
OUT62
OUT63
OUT64
COM49–64
COM49–64
COM49–64
COM49–64
24 V DC
24 V DC
N.C.
N.C.
B1 B2 B3 B4 B5 B6 B7 B8 B9 B10 B11 B12 B13 B14 B15 B16 B17 B18 B19 B20 B21 B22 B23 B24 B25
A1 A2 A3 A4 A5 A6 A7 A8 A9 A10 A11 A12 A13 A14 A15 A16 A17 A18 A19 A20 A21 A22 A23 A24 A25
Reserved
Signal Name
Terminal No.
Terminal No.
Signal Name
Reserved
[CN2]
A011026E.ai
*1:
Correspondence between terminal numbers and signal names are examples of connections using MIL cables (straight type).
IM 34P02Q01-01E
17th Edition : Jun. 29,2012-00
A1-88
<A1. Autonomous Controller FCN>
A1.10.9
Relay Output Module, 16 Channel (NFDR541)
The following is an example a load being externally connected.
Pressure clamp terminal
1
A1
B1
2
A2
B2
A3
B3
A4
B4
A5
B5
A6
B6
A7
B7
A8
B8
A9
B9
10
A10
B10
11
A11
B11
A12
B12
A13
B13
A14
B14
A15
B15
A16
B16
A17
B17
A18
B18
To B1~B8
: Indicates load
8
To B10~B17
17
8-point batch common
8-point batch common
: NC (Not used)
Terminals B1 to B8 : Common
B10 to B17: Common
A011027E.ai
Figure Example of External Connections of NFDR541
Table
Pin Assignments for NFDR541
Pin No.
A1
A2
A3
A4
A5
A6
A7
A8
A9
A10
A11
A12
A13
A14
A15
A16
A17
A18
Pressure clamp terminal
Signal name Pin No. Signal name
OUT1
B1
COM1-8
OUT2
B2
COM1-8
OUT3
B3
COM1-8
OUT4
B4
COM1-8
OUT5
B5
COM1-8
OUT6
B6
COM1-8
OUT7
B7
COM1-8
OUT8
B8
COM1-8
NC
B9
NC
OUT9
B10
COM9-16
OUT10
B11
COM9-16
OUT11
B12
COM9-16
OUT12
B13
COM9-16
OUT13
B14
COM9-16
OUT14
B15
COM9-16
OUT15
B16
COM9-16
OUT16
B17
COM9-16
NC
B18
NC
IM 34P02Q01-01E
17th Edition : Jun. 29,2012-00
<A1. Autonomous Controller FCN>
A1-89
A1.11 Communication Module Signal Connection
This section explains how to connect signal cables to the communication modules shown
below.
RS-232-C Communication Module NFLR111
•
• RS-422/RS-485 Communication Module NFLR121
• CANopen Communication Module NFLC121
• PROFIBUS-DP Communication Module NFLP121
A1.11.1
Signal Cable Connection to RS-232-C Communication
Module
A011107E.ai
Figure Signal Cable Connector of RS-232-C Communication Module
5
4
9
3
8
2
7
1
6
A011108E.ai
Figure Pin No. of Connectors on the D-sub 9-pin Module
l Connector Pin Position
Table
Connector Pin Position (D-sub 9-pin, female) (*1)
Pin No
Abbreviation
1
CD
Carrier Detect
Data channel reception Carrier detection
2
RD
Received Data
Data reception
3
SD
Send Data
Data transmission
4
ER
Equipment Ready
Data equipment ready
5
SG
Signal Ground
Signal grounding
6
DR
Dataset Ready
Dataset ready
7
RS
Request to Send
Request for transmission
8
CS
Clear to Send
Transmission is allowed
9
-
*1:
Signal Name
-
Function
N.C.
Connectors are fastened using metric screw threads (M2.6).
IM 34P02Q01-01E
17th Edition : Jun. 29,2012-00
<A1. Autonomous Controller FCN>
A1-90
l Cables
Yokogawa Electric Corporation provides communication cables in the range shown in the table
below. Any necessary cables other than these should be prepared by the user.
Table
Cables (Examples) for NFLR111 RS-232-C Communication Modules (*1) (*2)
Model Name
Function
AKB131
RS-232-C modem cable for connecting RS circuit isolation equipment
9 to 25 pins for start-stop synchronization communication
AKB132
RS-232-C null modem cable for connecting RS circuit isolation
equipment 9 to 25 pins for start-stop synchronization communication
AKB133
RS-232-C null modem cable 9 to 9 pins (male) for start-stop
synchronization communication
AKB135
RS-232-C modem cable 9 to 25 pins for start-stop synchronization
communication
AKB136
RS-232-C null modem cable 9 to 25 pins for start-stop synchronization
communication
*1:
*2:
For cables, refer to TI 34P02Q91-01E (“FCN/FCJ Installation Guide”).
For speciications of cables, refer to GS 33Q06R10-31E (“Cables”).
ALR111 cables can be used for NFLR111.
IM 34P02Q01-01E
17th Edition : Jun. 29,2012-00
A1-91
<A1. Autonomous Controller FCN>
l Internal Connection of The RS-232-C Communication Cable
AKB131
CN1
PIN No.
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
20
1
SD
SD
RD
RD
RS
RS
CS
CS
DR
DR
SG
SG
CD
CD
ER
ER
CN2
PIN No.
3
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
20
1
RD
RS
RS
CS
CS
DR
DR
6
6
SG
SG
7
5
CD
CD
1
8
4
20
ER
ER
CN2
PIN No.
3
2
7
8
6
5
1
4
FG
Connector shell
Shield
NFLR side
External equipment side
CN2
PIN No.
CD
CD
RD
RD
SD
SD
ER
ER
SG
SG
DR
DR
RS
RS
CS
CS
Connector shell
FA-M3
YEWMAC500 side
D-sub 9(male)
CN1
PIN No.
RD
NFLR side
AKB133
CN1
PIN No.
SD
5
8
1
Shield
SD
4
7
External equipment side
1
3
2
FG
Connector shell
AKB132
CN1
PIN No.
2
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
CN1
PIN No.
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
20
1
AKB135
SD
SD
RD
RD
RS
RS
CS
CS
DR
DR
SG
SG
CD
CD
ER
ER
FG
Connector shell
NFLR
External equipment side
D-sub 9pin
AKB136
SD
SD
RD
RD
RS
RS
CS
CS
DR
DR
SG
SG
CD
CD
ER
ER
Shield
CN2
PIN No.
3
2
7
8
6
5
1
4
NFLR side
CN2
PIN No.
3
2
7
8
6
5
1
4
FG
Connector shell
External equipment side
Shield
NFLR side
A011109E.ai
Figure Internal Connection of the RS-232-C Communication Cable
IM 34P02Q01-01E
17th Edition : Jun. 29,2012-00
<A1. Autonomous Controller FCN>
A1-92
n NFLR111 FG Connection
The NFLR111 communication module isolates the RS-232-C interface circuit functionally.
This prevents noise from entering the NFLR111 from the external equipment, thereby improving
noise resistance. To use this function effectively, satisfy the following requirements:
IMPORTANT
•
Always ground the FG terminal at the partner terminal, with grounding resistance up to 100
ohms.
•
Connect the FG and SG (pin No. 7 on the D-sub25 pin, pin No. 5 on the D-sub 9 pin RS232-C circuit) together at the partner terminal.
•
Ground the cable shielding wires at the partner terminal.
(When using AKB133 cable, connect the end of the cable with the red mark to the partner
terminal.)
•
If the signal cable is prepared by users, make the sure the cable is the type of twisted pair
cable in which a signal wire and a ground wire are paired.
IM 34P02Q01-01E
17th Edition : Jun. 29,2012-00
<A1. Autonomous Controller FCN>
A1.11.2
A1-93
Signal Cable Connection to RS-422/RS-485
Communication Module
A011110E.ai
Figure Terminal Symbols for RS-422/RS-485 Communication Module
l Interface Terminal
Table
Interface Terminal (M4 Terminal)
Terminal Symbol
Signal Name
Function
TX+
Send Data
Data transmission
(common mode signal)
TX-
Send Data
Data transmission
(reverse phase signal)
RX+
Received Data
Data reception
(common mode signal)
RX-
Received Data
Data reception
(reverse phase signal)
SG
Signal Ground
Signal grounding
l Cables
Yokogawa Electric Corporation provides communication cables in the range shown in the table
below. Any necessary cables other than these should be prepared by the user.
Table
Cables (Examples) for NFLR121 RS-422/RS-485 Communication Modules (*1) (*2)
Model Name
Function
AKB161
Dedicated cable between NFLR121 and FA500, up to 100 m
AKB162
Dedicated cable between NFLR121 and FA-M3, up to 100 m
*1:
*2:
For cables, refer to TI 34P02Q91-01E (“FCN/FCJ Installation Guide”).
For cables, refer to GS 33Y06L10-31E (“Cables”).
ACM12 cables can be used for NFLR121.
IM 34P02Q01-01E
17th Edition : Jun. 29,2012-00
<A1. Autonomous Controller FCN>
A1-94
n NFLR121 External Connection
When connecting Model NFLR121 with external equipment, two methods for 1 to 1 and 1 to n (n:
up to 31) are available. The igure below shows the coniguration.
Connection of model
NFLR121 with
external equipment
System configuration
NFLR121
1:1
External
equipment
NFLR121
1:n
(n:up to 31 pieces
of equipment)
External
equipment
External
equipment
External
equipment
A011111E.ai
Figure System Coniguration When Connecting Model NFLR121 with External Equipment
n NFLR121 FG Connection
Set up the RS-422/RS-485 shield as shown below.
Grounding for the FG must be grounding (with resistance up to 100 ohm) on the connected
side (external equipment side). The cable shield between Model NFLR121 and the external
equipment side must be connected to the FG on the external equipment side, not to the FG on
Model NFLR121.
The cable shield is connected to
the FG on the subsystem side.
NFLR121
SG
External equipment
SG
AKB161 or AKB162 cable
FG
FG
Grounding (100 ohm or less)
A011112E.ai
Figure NFLR121 FG Connection
IM 34P02Q01-01E
17th Edition : Jun. 29,2012-00
<A1. Autonomous Controller FCN>
A1-95
n Connection with External Equipment
Four-wire and two-wire types are provided for the connection of Model NFLR121 with external
equipment. Each type has 1 to 1 and 1 to n connections.
l 1 to 1 Connection in 4-wire Type
NFLR121
External equipment
TX+
TX+
R2
TX-
TX-
RX+
RX+
R1
R2
RX-
RX-
SG
SG
FG
R1: Termination resistance of 120 ohm (comes with the NFLR121)
R2: According to the instruction on the external equipment side
A011113E.ai
Figure 1 to 1 Connection in 4-wire Type
l 1 to 1 Connection in 2-wire Type
External equipment
NFLR121
TX+
TX+
TX-
TX-
RX+
RX+
R1
R2
RX-
RX-
SG
SG
FG
R1: Termination resistance of 120 ohm (comes with the NFLR121)
R2: According to the instruction on the external equipment side
A011114E.ai
Figure 1 to 1 Connection in 2-wire Type
IM 34P02Q01-01E
17th Edition : Jun. 29,2012-00
<A1. Autonomous Controller FCN>
A1-96
l 1 to n Connection in 4-wire Type
External equipment
NFLR121
TX+
TX+
TX+
TX+
TX-
TX-
R2
TX-
TXRX+
RX+
RX+
RX+
R1
RX-
RX-
R2
RX-
RXSG
SG
SG
SG
FG
FG
FG
R1: Termination resistance of 120 ohm (comes with the NFLR121)
R2: According to the instruction on the external equipment side
A011115E.ai
Figure 1 to n Connection in 4-wire Type
l 1 to n Connection in 2-wire Type
NFLR121
External equipment
TX+
TX+
TX+
TX+
TX-
TX-
TX-
TXRX+
RX+
RX+
RX+
R1
RX-
RX-
RX-
R2
RX-
SG
SG
SG
SG
FG
FG
FG
R1: Termination resistance of 120 ohm (comes with the NFLR121)
R2: According to the instruction on the external equipment side
A011116E.ai
Figure 1 to n Connection in 2-wire Type
IM 34P02Q01-01E
17th Edition : Jun. 29,2012-00
<A1. Autonomous Controller FCN>
A1.11.3
A1-97
CANopen Communication Module Signal Connection
A011117E.ai
Figure Signal Cable Connector of CANopen Communication Module
5
4
9
3
8
2
7
1
6
A011118E.ai
Figure Pin No. of D-sub 9-pin Connectors on the Module
l Connector Pin Position
Connectors (D-sub 9-pin, male) (*1)
Pin No.
Signal Name
Function
1
-
Not used
2
CAN_L
CAN_L
3
CAN_GND
CAN ground
4
-
Not used
5
-
Not used
6
-
Not used
7
CAN_H
CAN_H
8
-
Not used
9
-
Not used
*1:
Connectors are fastened using inch screw threads (No.4-40UNC).
l Cables
The cables must comply with CiA 301.
l Terminating resistor
The terminators must comply with CiA 301.
Note: A terminating resistor is not contained in CANopen Communication Module NFLC121. Prepare an external terminating resistor.
IM 34P02Q01-01E
17th Edition : Jun. 29,2012-00
<A1. Autonomous Controller FCN>
A1.11.4
A1-98
PROFIBUS-DP Communication Module Signal
Connection
A011119E.ai
Figure Signal Cable Connector of PROFIBUS-DP Communication Module
5
4
9
3
8
2
7
1
6
A011120E.ai
Figure Pin No. of D-sub 9-pin Connectors on the Module
l Connector Pin Position
Connectors (D-sub 9-pin, female) (*1)
Pin No.
Signal Name
Function
1
Shield
Shield
2
-
Not used
3
RxD/TxD-P
Data reception/transmission
4
-
Not used
5
DGND
Ground
6
VP
+5V
7
-
Not used
8
RxD/TxD-N
Data reception/transmission
9
-
Not used
*1:
Connectors are fastened using inch screw threads (No.4-40UNC).
l Cables
The cables must comply with PROFIBUS-DP standards (PROFIBUS Speciications IEC61158-2
type3).
l Terminating resistor
The terminators must comply with PROFIBUS-DP standards (PROFIBUS Speciications
IEC61158-2 type3).
IM 34P02Q01-01E
17th Edition : Jun. 29,2012-00
<A1. Autonomous Controller FCN>
A1-99
A1.12 FCN Installation
The following describes details and various operation procedures for FCN hardware
system design and construction necessary for stable FCN operation.
•
Installation environment
•
Power supply systems and equipment
•
Wiring (Noise reduction grounding systems, wire routing)
Perform FCN installation following the steps below.
1.
Install base module
2.
Install power supply module, CPU module, I/O module, SB bus repeat module, and dummy
cover
3.
Install grounding cable, power supply cable, and signal cable
IM 34P02Q01-01E
17th Edition : Jun. 29,2012-00
<A1. Autonomous Controller FCN>
A1.12.1
A1-100
FCN Installation Speciication
The conditions of the installation location must be appropriate for stable operation of the
system.
The table below shows the conditions required for installation location (and some
conditions for transportation and storage) of an FCN.
Table
FCN Installation Environment Speciication
Speciication
Item
Ambient
temperature
Operation
0 to 55 °C (*1)
Transportation/storage
-40 to 85 °C (*2)
Ambient
humidity
Operation
5 to 95% RH (No condensation)
Transportation/storage
5 to 95% RH (No condensation)
Allowable rate
of temperature
change
Operation
Within ± 10 °C/h
Transportation/storage
Within ± 20 °C/h
Related standard
JEIDA29 Class B
Dust
0.3 mg/m3
Protection class
IP20
IEC529
Resistance to corrosive gas
ANSI/ISA S71.04 Class G2 (standard)
(ANSI/ISA S71.04 Class G3, option)
ANSI/ISA S71.04
Resistance to vibration
0.15 mm P-P (5 to 58 Hz)
IEC68-2-6
1 G (58 to 150Hz)
Resistance to shock
15 G 11 ms
(during power-off, for sine half-waves in
XYZ-directions)
Altitude
2000m or less
Noise
Electric ield
3 V/m or less (26 MHz to 1 GHz)
Magnetic ield
30 A/m (AC) or less, 400 A/m (DC) or less
Electrostatic discharge
4 kV or less (contact discharge),
8 kV or less (air discharge)
Grounding
Type D (100
Cooling
Natural air cooling
Installation
19-inch rack installation, DIN rail installation
*1:
*2:
IEC68-2-27
or less)
The ambient temperature is rated at the air intake under modules.
The time may be lost if the temperature falls below -10 °C.
IM 34P02Q01-01E
17th Edition : Jun. 29,2012-00
<A1. Autonomous Controller FCN>
A1-101
IMPORTANT
•
The unit must be placed in a lockable metal cabinet to comply with standards (Safety, EMC,
etc.).
•
The temperature speciication during operation indicates the criterion of the temperature
at the air intake of the bottom portion of modules. Do not block ventilation holes, as it may
hinder the air-cooling capabilities of the unit. When installing the FCN in a cabinet, note that
the temperature speciication is not in respect to the ambient temperature of the cabinet.
Provide cooling fans in the cabinet if needed.
•
Avoid exposing the FCN to direct sunlight.
•
Prevent condensation under any circumstance.
•
The dust level of the room should not exceed 0.3 mg/m3. Under any circumstance, avoid
iron lakes, carbon particles, or any other type of dust that are conductive.
•
Avoid existence of corrosive gases such as hydrogen sulide, sulfurous acid gas, chlorine,
and ammonia.
•
For vibration at the installation location, see also “FCN Vibration Criteria” within this Chapter.
•
For radio device noise to the FCN, see “Radio Device Noise to FCN” within this Chapter.
IM 34P02Q01-01E
17th Edition : Jun. 29,2012-00
<A1. Autonomous Controller FCN>
A1-102
n FCN Vibration Criteria
Ensure that if the frequency of vibration at the installation location is 58 Hz or less, the total
amplitude is maintained less than 0.15 mm. If the vibration frequency is greater than 58 Hz, ind
a location that will meet the following condition:
Acceleration (m/s2) = 2
2
x A x F 2 x 10-3 < 9.8 (=1G)
where
A: Total amplitude (mm)
F: Frequency (Hz)
The range of allowable total amplitudes is shown below.
mm
0.2
Total amplitude
0.15
0.1
Allowable range
0.05
0
10
30
50
70
90
110
130
150Hz
Vibration frequency
A011102E.ai
Figure Allowable Vibration Range
n Radio Device Noise to the FCN
The following shows general requirements when using a radio device such as transceivers;
however, as a general rule, close the cabinet door when using a radio device:
•
Transceivers that have 3 W of output power or less should be at least 1 m away.
Transceivers that have 10 W of output power or less should be at least 2 m away.
•
Radio devices that have 1 W of output power or less including cellular phones and cordless
phones should be at least 1 m away.
IMPORTANT
When using the NFLP121, mount one ferrite core (A1193MN) on the NFLP121 side of the
PROFIBUS cable to meet the EMC standards.
IM 34P02Q01-01E
17th Edition : Jun. 29,2012-00
<A1. Autonomous Controller FCN>
A1-103
A1.13 FCN Power Supply Equipment
Proper power equipment must be used for stable system operation. This section
describes the following:
•
Power supply system
•
Power supply speciications
•
Field power supply speciications
A1.13.1
Power Supply System
This section describes the power supply system for an FCN.
l System Separation
Power supply system for FCN should be separated from other systems. For example, the power
supply system for the I/O signal circuit should be isolated by an insulation transformer.
l Installation of Breakers, Switches, etc.
Power supply module for the FCN has no switch. An external breaker or an external switch
should be installed for maintenance and safety.
IMPORTANT
To make the power supply system for FCN conform to the safety standards, use a breaker or a
switch that conforms to the safety standards.
IM 34P02Q01-01E
17th Edition : Jun. 29,2012-00
<A1. Autonomous Controller FCN>
A1.13.2
A1-104
Supplied Power Source
The following items must be taken into consideration for stable FCN operation.
l Warping of the Supplied Power Source
Power failure may be detected even if the effective value is the same when the peak of the
input voltage waveform is decreased, resulting in the high value of the wave to be chipped.
This may be caused by the output impedance of the supply source or a drop of voltage due to
the impedance of wiring. If the input voltage that meets the following condition is supplied, the
rated instantaneous power failure sense delay time may not be maintained, which may cause
instantaneous power failure. Therefore, a solution so that stable power can be supplied by the
power source must be applied.
Peak value of the input voltage
Lower limit of Input voltage
2
0.99
Peak value B
Peak value A
A: Ideal input voltage wave with no distortion
B: Distorted input voltage wave
A: Ideal input voltage wave with no distortion
B: Distorted input voltage wave
A011201E.ai
Figure Distortion of Input Voltage Waveform
l Inrush Current
An input current much larger than normal will low when the power supply is turned on. Refer to
the speciication of the power supply module for inrush currents to each power supply module.
Make sure that the supplied power and protection devices can withstand this inrush current.
TIP
The peak values and waveforms of the current are affected by the impedance of the input system. These change
depending on the system structure (when comprised of multiple devices) and the power supply line condition.
Generally, the inrush current when the system is comprised of multiple devices will be less than the total sum of
the inrush current of each device.
IM 34P02Q01-01E
17th Edition : Jun. 29,2012-00
<A1. Autonomous Controller FCN>
A1-105
l Output Capacity
The output capacity of the power supply device is determine by calculating the maximum electric
power of the system, but the peak value of the current will be 2 to 5 times more of the effective
value. The effects and inrush current by this current waveform, as well as excess for future
device expansion must be carefully considered.
l Power Consumption Calculation
Refer to the power supply module speciication for the maximum value of the power
consumption. Take consideration of the expansion and changes of devices. In general, the
maximum value should be used.
TIP
The actual power consumption varies depending on what modules are installed and how many.
•
The maximum current consumption of a unit, IMAX, can be obtained by the following equation:
IMAX = IBASE + ICPU + II/O
where
IBASE = current consumption of the base module
ICPU = current consumption of the CPU module (or of CPU modules if duplexed)
II/O = current consumption of the input/output modules installed
•
The power consumption of a unit, Q (VA), can then be obtained by the following equation:
Q = (5.1 3 IMAX)/(E x F)
where
E = eficiency of the power supply module
F = power factor of the power supply module
•
Although the eficiency and power factor of the power supply module varies with the conditions, the
following appropriate values can be used as guidelines:
E = 0.75
F = 0.5 (with no power-factor-correcting device)
WARNING
•
A power failure may break down the ile system when the ile is written in the FCN/FCJ system card by the Java application. (While the control application is operating, a power failure
will not break down the FCN/FCJ system card.)
Note that InfoEnergy and InfoWell Logger also contain Java applications.
•
When a power failure is detected and a restart is performed, control will be stopped for a
duration longer than the power failure.
•
To avoid these problems, use an Uninterruptable Power Supply (UPS) for the power supply.
IM 34P02Q01-01E
17th Edition : Jun. 29,2012-00
<A1. Autonomous Controller FCN>
A1.13.3
A1-106
Field Power Supply
Field power supply is 24V DC power that is required for the interface circuit of ield signals on I/O
modules. It is necessary to supply ield power separately from system power supply.
The following I/O modules require ield power supply.
l Analog I/O Module
•
NFAI141
Current input, 16 points, non-isolated (*1)
•
NFAI143
Current input, 16 points, isolated
•
NFAI135
Current input, 8 points, isolated channels
•
NFAI841
Current I/O, 8/8 points, non-isolated
•
NFAB841
Voltage input/current output, 8/8 points, non-isolated
•
NFAI543
Current output, 16 points, isolated
•
NFAI835
Current input/current output, 4/4 points, isolated channels
•
NFAP135
Pulse input, 8 points
•
NFAF135
Frequency input, 8 points
*1:
When this I/O module is used with 2-wire transmitter, ield power supply is required.
l Digital Output Module
•
NFDV557
Digital output, 32 points
•
NFDV551
Digital output, 32 points
•
NFDV561
Digital output, 64 points
•
NFDV532
Pulse width output, 4 channels
IMPORTANT
Analog I/O modules and digital I/O modules require different ield power supply systems.
Field
power
input
Power
supply
module
24V DC for
analog I/O
module
Power
input
100V AC
200V AC
24V DC
Base module
Field power supply (for analog I/O module, 24V DC)
System power supply (5V DC)
Circuit
for
power
generation
Digital
output
module
Analog
I/O
module
Analog
I/O
module
Field power supply
(for digital output module, 24V DC)
A011202E.ai
Figure Field Power Supply and System Power Supply
IM 34P02Q01-01E
17th Edition : Jun. 29,2012-00
<A1. Autonomous Controller FCN>
A1-107
n Field Power Supply for Analog I/O Modules
Field power for analog I/O modules is supplied to each analog I/O module via base modules.
IMPORTANT
•
Supply the appropriate power by calculating the 24V DC current consumption based on the
speciication of each I/O module. However, the power supply must be within the range of the
power supply module speciication (Max. 4 A).
•
The I/O module terminal voltage is lower than the supplied voltage of the power supply
module terminal. Adjust the supply voltage so as to match the speciication of the ield
devices to be connected, taking the lowered voltage into consideration (see the speciication
of each module).
n Field Power Supply for Digital Output Modules
Field power supply for digital output modules is supplied ield power directly to each terminal of
the module. Supply the appropriate power by calculating the 24V DC current consumption based
on the speciication of each module.
TIP
Power is supplied by using different power supply systems between analog system and digital system to avoid
interferences such as noises. When every 16 points are isolated among digital output signals, the power supply
must also be isolated.
IM 34P02Q01-01E
17th Edition : Jun. 29,2012-00
A1-108
<A1. Autonomous Controller FCN>
A1.14 Grounding for FCN
When an FCN is installed in a cabinet (with a 19-inch rack), instrument panel, or the like,
it is functionally insulated by the insulation bushings (accessories of only NFBU200)
or a DIN rail attachment. To maintain this insulation, the following instructions must be
followed.
SEE
•
Ground the FCN separately from the grounding of other devices, motor control
circuits, and electric control circuits.
•
Perform Type D grounding (100 Ω of resistance or less) on the FG terminal of the
base module.
•
Perform Type D grounding (100
terminal.
•
Perform Type D grounding (100 Ω of resistance or less) on the G terminal of the
power supply module (line ilter grounding).
•
Perform the grounding of the base module and the power supply module at one
point.
of resistance or less) on the protective grounding
For the speciication of the grounding wire, see A1.16.2, “Wiring the Ground.”
ALSO
Insulation bushing (*4)
Base module
FG
Field power supplyfor
analog I/O module (24V DC)
System power supply
( 5V DC)
Circuit
Digital I/O (DI) (*3)
Circuit
Digital I/O (DO)
Circuit
Analog I/O
Circuit
Analog I/O
Circuit
NFCP100 (*2)
NFCP100
NFPW4** (*1)
NFPW4**
FG
SG
I/F
Rack (*4)
AC/DC
Power supply (*1)
AC/DC
Power supply
Grounding bar
I/F
Cabinet
L
LOAD
AC
Circuit
N
Type D grounding
Field device
*1:
*2:
*3:
*4:
Field power supply Field power supply
for digital output
for digital input
Base module NFBU050 has only one power supply module on it.
Base module NFBU050 has only one CPU module on it.
Base module NFBU050 has up to three I/O modules on it.
Install base module NFBU050 in the cabinet insulating the panel or the DIN rail from the rack using insulation bushings.
A011401E.ai
IM 34P02Q01-01E
17th Edition : Jun. 29,2012-00
<A1. Autonomous Controller FCN>
A1-109
A1.15 Installation and Attachment
This section describes the installation procedures, attachment procedures, and
precautions for each module when attaching the FCN to cabinets (19-inch racks), control
panels, etc.
1.
Installing the base module
2.
Installing other modules
3.
Ground wiring, power wiring
4.
Field signal wiring
A1.15.1
Installing the Base Module
The FCN is designed to be attached to 19-inch racks, DIN rails, and general-purpose control
panels. Note the following when installing an FCN to cabinets, control panels, etc.
n Installation Direction
The FCN is designed to be cooled by natural air. Install an FCN so that the ventilation air lows
upward from its bottom to its top as shown below.
Up
100 mm or
more
Air flow
100 mm or
more
Air flow
Down
A011501E.ai
Figure Installing the FCN Base Module
IM 34P02Q01-01E
17th Edition : Jun. 29,2012-00
<A1. Autonomous Controller FCN>
A1-110
IMPORTANT
SEE
ALSO
TIP
•
Be sure to turn off the power before installing or removing the FCN base module. If the FCN
power supply is installed in duplex, turn off the power for both power supply modules.
•
Do not install the unit blocking the ventilation holes on the top and bottom.
•
To prevent the cooling air current from being blocked, be sure to place the unit at least 100
mm away from other devices.
•
Do not expose to direct sunlight.
•
If installing an expansion unit to a 19-inch rack directly beneath the FCN, be sure to leave a
space of 2U or more.
•
All access to the FCN is performed from the front. Secure a space between 100 and 150
mm from the front panel of the unit to the cabinet door to provide enough space for the
cables. (The bending radius will differ depending on the material of the cable. Verify the
speciication of the wire.)
•
Secure a space on the front side of the FCN’s CPU module for installing or removing the
system card.
For the size of the system card, refer to A1.4.1 “FCN/FCJ System Card” in this document.
To push the system card ejection button, use a tool which is 4 millimeters or less in diameter (such a tip is hard
enough to resist from bending).
n Installing to a 19-Inch Rack
When installing the base module of the FCN to a 19-inch rack or general-purpose control panel,
install the supplied insulation bushings sandwiching the base module as shown in the diagram.
Attach the base module to the 19-inch rack (cabinet) using the screws supplied.
Insulation bushing installation
procedures
Bracket
Insulation bushing
A011502E.ai
Figure Installing the FCN Base Module to a 19-inch Rack
IM 34P02Q01-01E
17th Edition : Jun. 29,2012-00
<A1. Autonomous Controller FCN>
A1-111
n Precaution of Installing DIN Rails to Panel
There is the possibility that DIN rail may be deformed due to the controller’s weight and cable’s
tension.
Please screw DIN rail to the panel in at least two positions where attachments on the back side
(supplied DIN rail attachments) are placed.
Supplied DIN rail attachment
Attachment on back side
NFBU200
NFBU050
A011503E.ai
Figure Installing the DIN Rail to the Panel
n Installing to DIN Rails
l Base Module NFBU200
Follow the procedures below to install the base module NFBU200 (DIN rail type) to DIN rails
using the attachments on the back side.
1.
Hook the tab on the upper area of the DIN rail as shown in the diagram.
2.
Push in the base module.
Attaching to the DIN rail
B
[1] Hook
DIN rail
A
[2] Push in
Side view of the unit
[1] Hook
[1] Hook
[2] Push in
A011504E.ai
Figure Installing the FCN Base Module NFBU200 to the DIN Rail
IM 34P02Q01-01E
17th Edition : Jun. 29,2012-00
<A1. Autonomous Controller FCN>
A1-112
l Base Module NFBU050
Follow the procedures below to install the base module NFBU050 to DIN rails.
1.
Snap the supplied DIN Rail Attachment to the DIN rail. (See igure below) Attach one on
each side.
2.
Attach FCN by aligning the screws of the attachment to the installation holes on the left and
right of FCN unit.
3.
Tighten the screws and secure FCN to the DIN rail.
Pay attention not to drop nuts.
Supplied DIN rail
attachment
Upside
[1] Hook the nail on the attachment
to the bottom of the DIN rail.
[2] Hook the top nail by pulling the
attachment upwards.
[3] Bring it down slightly while hooking
both nails of the installed jig.
[2]
DIN rail
[3]
Downside
The downside has the deeper
notch than the upside.
[1]
A011505E.ai
Figure Installing the Attachment to the DIN Rail
DIN Rail
A011506E.ai
Figure Installing Base Module NFBU050 on the DIN Rail
WARNING
Attach the supplied DIN Rail Attachment correctly; if attached upside down, it might get out of
place.
TIP
Use a DIN rail that complies with the DIN 46277.
Install the base module NFBU050 to DIN rails upright as shown above.
IM 34P02Q01-01E
17th Edition : Jun. 29,2012-00
<A1. Autonomous Controller FCN>
A1.15.2
A1-113
Installing Other Modules on to the Base Module
This section describes the procedure for installing the power supply, CPU, I/O, and SB bus
repeat modules onto a base module.
IMPORTANT
It is necessary to conigure a base module (NFBU200 only) before installing each module. For
setting procedures of a base module, refer to A1.2 “Base Module.”
n Installation Position of Each Module.
This section describes the positioning of the modules during installation to the base module.
Slot numbers
P1
P2
1
2
3
4
5
Slot numbers
6
7
8
9 10
P
1
2
A011507E.ai
Figure Module Slot Numbers (NFBU200)
Table
3
4
5
A011508E.ai
Figure
Module Slot Numbers (NFBU050)
Installation Position Allowed for Each Module in FCN with Single Power Supply, Single CPU, and
Single SB Bus (NFBU200)
Module
Power supply module
Allowed position
Remarks
P1 or P2
Normally installed into P2.
CPU module (*1)
Slot1 - 2
Occupies 2 slots per module.
SB bus repeat module
Slot10
I/O module
Slot1 to 10 (*2)
Table
(*3)
Installation Position Allowed for Each Module in FCN with Duplex Power Supply, Duplex CPU,
and Duplex SB Bus (NFBU200)
Module
Allowed position
Remarks
Power supply module
P1 and P2
-
CPU module (*1)
Slot1 - 2, 3 - 4
Occupies 2 slots per module.
SB bus repeat module
Slot9, 10
-
I/O module
Slot1 to 10 (*2)
(*3)
Table
Installation Position Allowed for Each Module in FCN (NFBU050)
Module
Allowed position
Remarks
Power supply module
P
-
CPU module
Slot1 - 2
-
I/O module
Slot3 to 5
(*3)
*1:
*2:
*3:
The CPU module can only be installed in a control unit.
The I/O module can be installed in slots in which neither the CPU module nor the SB bus repeat module is installed.
Some I/O modules have limits for the installation. See the next page for details.
IM 34P02Q01-01E
17th Edition : Jun. 29,2012-00
<A1. Autonomous Controller FCN>
A1-114
n RESTRICTIONS AND PRECAUTIONS ON INSTALLATION
l Limitations of Installation for NFAT141 (the combination of Thermocouple
input and Pressure clamp terminal)
To keep the cold junction compensation accuracy (GS 34P02Q31-01E), make sure to meet the
following conditions. The pressure clamp terminal should not be affected by radiated heat.
•
Do not install a heat-radiating unit beneath the NFAT141 installed unit.
•
Do not install NFAT141 in a place where airlow impinges directly.
•
Do not install NFAT141 next to the CPU modules (NFCP100), power supply modules
(NFPW44x).
•
The installable modules next to the NFAT141 are as follows. When installing other than
following I/O modules, make an empty slot (one or more) in each side.
Installable modules: NFAT141, NFAR181, NFAV141, NFAV142, NFAV144, NFAV542
l NFLR111/NFLR121 (Serial Communication Module)
A total of up to eight NFLR111/NFLR121 Serial Communication Modules can be installed for
each FCN.
l Limitations of Installation for I/O Modules
When you install the following I/O modules, ensure that the required power volume does not
exceed the rated power output of the power supply module. For the amount of power supply that
each I/O module requires (5 V DC and 24 V DC), refer to the applicable general speciications.
IM 34P02Q01-01E
17th Edition : Jun. 29,2012-00
<A1. Autonomous Controller FCN>
A1-115
n Installing Modules
The following describes installation and removal procedures of modules to the base module.
Base module
Screws
Module
A011509E.ai
Figure Attaching Modules to the Base Module
l Installation Procedures
1.
Attach the module to the base module using screws.
2.
Use a torque of approximately 0.5 Nm for the tightening torque of the screws.
3.
Attach the external connection cables and pressure clamp terminal block.
l Removal Procedures
1.
Remove the external connection cables and pressure clamp terminal block.
2.
Remove the screws that hold the module.
3.
Pull out the module forward from the Base unit.
IMPORTANT
•
Install I/O Module Dummy Covers (Model name: NFDCV01) on open I/O module slots.
•
Install Power Supply Module Dummy Covers (Model name: NFDCV02) on open power
supply module slots.
IM 34P02Q01-01E
17th Edition : Jun. 29,2012-00
A1-116
<A1. Autonomous Controller FCN>
A1.16 Wiring
A1.16.1
Power Supply Wiring
The following describes the power supply wiring for a power supply module that has inished being installed.
n Wiring Speciication and Terminal Preparation
For the wire terminals, use crimp-on terminal lugs with insulation sleeve. Be sure to use ring
tongue terminal and crimping tools of the same brand.
l Applicable Cables
Insulated cables for industrial equipment such as;
•
600 V polyvinyl chloride insulated wires (IV); JIS C3307
•
Polyvinyl chloride insulated wires for electrical apparatus (KIV); JIS C3316
•
600 V grade heat-resistant polyvinyl chloride insulated wires (HIV); JIS C3317
•
Heatproof vinyl insulated wires VW-1 (UL1015/UL1007)
l Recommend Sizes
0.5 mm2 to 2 mm2 (AWG 20 to 14)
l Terminal Preparation
Use ring tongue terminal for M4 terminals, with the outer diameter of the lug tip (outer terminal
diameter) not exceeding 8.5 mm, and with an insulation sleeve.
Insulation sleeve
internal diameter
Hole diameter
Terminal length
Outer terminal diameter
A011601E.ai
Figure Ring Tongue Terminal
Table
Example of Ring Tongue Terminal Speciication
Conductor nominal
cross-sectional
area
(mm2)
Screw used
(mm)
Hole diameter
(mm)
Outer terminal
diameter
(mm)
Terminal
length
(mm)
Insulation
sleeve internal
diameter
(mm)
0.5 to 1.65
(AWG 20 to 16)
4
4.3 or more
8.0 or less
Approx. 20.0
3.6 or larger
1.04 to 2.63 (AWG
16 to 14)
4
4.3 or more
8.5 or less
Approx. 21.0
4.3 or larger
IM 34P02Q01-01E
17th Edition : Jun. 29,2012-00
<A1. Autonomous Controller FCN>
A1-117
n Connecting Power Supply
Follow the procedures below to connect the power supply cable.
1.
Detach the protective cover for the terminals on the power supply module as follows:
•
You will ind a locking tab at the bottom of the protective cover (circled area in igure). Push
the lock up to unlock the tab.
•
Pull gently to remove the cover.
2.
Connect the power cable to the terminals labeled L and N. Where necessary, connect a 24
V DC power supply cable to terminals under FLD 24 VDC=. Tighten the terminal screws
(Phillips head M4) at a torque of 1.2 Nm.
3.
Connect the grounding cable to the G terminal.
4.
Replace the protective cover on the power supply connection terminal after wiring is
complete.
IMPORTANT
•
It is recommended to install a switch or circuit breaker on the power wiring so that the power
can be turned on and off individually during maintenance.
•
It is also recommended to install a noise ilter to improve power supply quality.
A011602E.ai
Figure Locking Tab of Protective Terminal Cover
IM 34P02Q01-01E
17th Edition : Jun. 29,2012-00
<A1. Autonomous Controller FCN>
A1-118
NFPW441-10
SYS
POWER
FLD
+5 V
+24 V
GND
CHECK
MAINT
FLD
24 V DC=
+
-
L
N
100-120
V AC~
A011603E.ai
Figure Example of Power Supply Cable Connection
IM 34P02Q01-01E
17th Edition : Jun. 29,2012-00
<A1. Autonomous Controller FCN>
A1.16.2
A1-119
Wiring the Ground
Type D grounding must be applied (grounding resistance of 100 Ω or less).
IMPORTANT
Ground only the speciied, dedicated grounding terminal.
The FCN needs to be grounded to prevent electric shocks and effects of foreign noise. Be sure
to perform Type D grounding that requires grounding resistance of 100 Ω or less.
l Applicable Cables
Insulated cables for industrial equipment such as;
•
600 V polyvinyl chloride insulated wires (IV); JIS C3307
•
Polyvinyl chloride insulated wires for electrical apparatus (KIV); JIS C3316
•
600 V grade heat-resistant polyvinyl chloride insulated wires (HIV); JIS C3317
•
Heatproof vinyl insulated wires VW-1 (UL1015/UL1007)
l Recommend Sizes
2 mm2 to 2.6 mm2 (AWG 14 to 13)
l Terminal Preparation
Round crimping terminal M4: External dimensions must be within 8.5 mm with insulation covers.
l Cable Connection
Connect the ground cable to the FG terminal (M4 screws) on the bottom left of the base module.
Secure the M4 screws at a tightening torque of 1.2 Nm.
Connect the ground
cable to the unit
A011604E.ai
Figure Grounding the FCN Base Module
IM 34P02Q01-01E
17th Edition : Jun. 29,2012-00
<A1. Autonomous Controller FCN>
A1.16.3
A1-120
Connecting the Signal Cable
The signal cable can be connected in the following ways:
•
Direct connection using pressure clamp terminals
•
Connection using MIL connectors
MIL cable connector cover
MIL connector cable
Pressure clamp terminal block
Field wiring
I/O module
A011605E.ai
Figure Variations on Signal Cable Connections
IMPORTANT
•
Ensure that any signal wires that will have a high voltage applied are at least 1 cm away
from other wires.
•
It is recommended to use shielded twisted pair cables for analog I/O signals to prevent
inductive noise. For effective noise prevention, use twisted pair cables with a twist pitch of
50 mm or less. The cable shield must be grounded. For digital I/O signals, shielded cables
are recommended.
•
For resistance temperature detector signals, ensure that the wiring resistances of the three
wires for each detector are equal.
•
Fix the cables to cable clamps or the like in order to prevent the weight of the cables being
applied to the terminals.
IM 34P02Q01-01E
17th Edition : Jun. 29,2012-00
<A1. Autonomous Controller FCN>
A1-121
n Direct Wiring to Pressure Clamp Terminals
Each I/O module has a male connector on its front panel as the I/O interface. A pressure clamp
terminal block is plugged into that connector for use.
l Signal Wires for Pressure Clamp Terminals
Cable
Core
Length of exposed wire
A011606E.ai
Figure Signal Cable
l Applicable Cables
Insulated cables for industrial equipment such as;
•
600 V polyvinyl chloride insulated wires (IV); JIS C3307
•
Polyvinyl chloride insulated wires for electrical apparatus (KIV); JIS C3316
•
600 V grade heat-resistant polyvinyl chloride insulated wires (HIV); JIS C3317
•
Heatproof vinyl insulated wires VW-1 (UL1015/UL1007)
•
Control cables (vinyl insulated vinyl sheath cable) (CVV); JIS C3401
l Recommended Size
Without sleeve: 0.5 mm2 to 2 mm2 (AWG20 to 14)
With sleeve: 0.5 mm2 to 1.5 mm2 (AWG20 to 16)
l Wiring to Pressure Clamp Terminals (When Not Using Sleeves)
Table
Wiring to Pressure Clamp Terminals without Sleeve
Cable Size
Insulation
Stripping
Length
Remarks
0.5 mm2 to 2 mm2
(AWG20 to 14)
11 mm
For terminals on NFTA4S, NFTT4S, NFTR8S,
NFTB5S, NFTD5S, and NFTI3S modules
1.25 mm2 to 2 mm2
(AWG16 to 14)
13 mm
For terminals on NFTC4S and NFTC5S modules
IM 34P02Q01-01E
17th Edition : Jun. 29,2012-00
A1-122
<A1. Autonomous Controller FCN>
l Wiring to Pressure Clamp Terminals (When Using Sleeves)
Figure Sleeve for Pressure Clamp Terminals and Applicable Cables
Sleeve with insulation cover
Sleeve with no insulation cover
d2
d1
d1
L2
d2
L1
L1
A011607E.ai
Table
Sleeve for Pressure Clamp Terminals and Applicable Cables
(for NFTA4S, NFTB5S, NFTD5S, NFTI3S, NFTR8S and NFTT4S)
When using sleeves with insulation cover
Cable
Thickness
Length of
exposed
wire
2
Sleeve dimensions
L1
L2
d1
d2
When using sleeves with no insulation cover
Widemuller Length of
exposed
Model
Number
wire
Sleeve dimensions
L1
d1
d2
Widemuller
Model
Number
0.5 mm
11 mm
16 mm 10 mm 1.0 mm 2.6 mm H0.5/16
11 mm
10 mm 1.0 mm 2.1 mm H0.5/10
0.75 mm2
11 mm
16 mm 10 mm 1.2 mm 2.8 mm H0.75/16
11 mm
10 mm 1.2 mm 2.3 mm H0.75/10
11 mm
16 mm 10 mm 1.4 mm 3.0 mm H1/16
11 mm
10 mm 1.4 mm 2.5 mm H1/10
11 mm
16 mm 10 mm 1.7 mm 3.5 mm H1.5/16
11 mm
10 mm 1.7 mm 2.8 mm H1.5/10
1.0 mm2
2
1.25 to1.5 mm
Table
Sleeve for Pressure Clamp Terminals and Applicable Cables (for NFTC4S and NFTC5S)
When using sleeves with insulation cover
Cable
Thickness
Length of
exposed
wire
2
1.25 to1.5 mm
13 mm
Sleeve dimensions
L1
L2
d1
d2
When using sleeves with no insulation cover
Widemuller Length of
exposed
Model
Number
wire
18 mm 12 mm 1.7 mm 3.5 mm H1.5/18 D
13 mm
Sleeve dimensions
L1
d1
d2
Widemuller
Model
Number
12 mm 1.7 mm 2.8 mm H1.5/12
IMPORTANT
•
Use the same manufacturer for sleeves and tools.
•
Use sleeve tools that match the wire thickness.
•
Insert the wire to be connected completely into the pressure clamp terminal and attach it
securely.
•
It recommended to use a driver (lat blade screwdriver with tip thickness 0.6 mm, axis radius
3.5 mm) that complies with the DIN 5264B standard when connecting cables.
•
The tightening torque is 0.5 Nm.
•
Secure the cable to cable clamps, etc. so that the weight of the cable applied to the terminal
is minimized.
•
Strip the cable for a length so that the core wire slightly extends from the metal tube of the
sleeve. If this causes the length of the metal tube of the sleeve to be slightly shorter than the
stripping length, this is no problem.
IM 34P02Q01-01E
17th Edition : Jun. 29,2012-00
<A1. Autonomous Controller FCN>
TIP
A1-123
The inside of pressure clamp terminals is designed as shown below:
A011608E.ai
Figure Inside the Pressure Clamp Terminal
l Installing the Pressure Clamp Terminal Block to the I/O Module
After the signal cable has been connected, a pressure clamp terminal block must be installed to
the I/O module. The pressure clamp terminal block must be secured using M3 screws.
A011609E.ai
Figure Installing the Pressure Clamp Terminal Block to the I/O Module
IM 34P02Q01-01E
17th Edition : Jun. 29,2012-00
<A1. Autonomous Controller FCN>
A1-124
n Connecting the MIL Connector Cables
MIL connector cables (KMS40, KMS50) can be connected directly without the installation of
pressure clamp terminal blocks to the I/O module. MIL connector cables are also sold separately.
To prevent MIL cables from disconnection, a MIL cable connector cover (NFCCC01) is available.
l Applicable Connectors and Cables/Wires
The cable used is a 40-pin or 50-pin female connector (see I/O Module Compatibility Table)
that complies with the MIL-C-83503 standard. The cables and wires must also comply with the
connector speciication.
Table
Applicable Connectors and Cables
Connector type
Applicable wire size
Press-itting pin terminal type female
connector (*1)
AWG 20 to AWG 28, or 0.5 mm2 to 0.08 mm2
Pressure welding type female connector
(*2)
AWG 28 or 0.08 mm2, 1.27 pitch lat cable or
equivalent, AWG 28 or 0.08 mm2 circular
attachment cable
*1:
*2:
Special solderless socket contact is used. Hoods cannot be used.
Strain-relief is used (recommended).
For analog signals, use shielded twisted pair cables.
For digital I/O signals, shielded cables are recommended.
IMPORTANT
For a 50-pin MIL connector, use a model with two incorrect insertion prevention keys.
IM 34P02Q01-01E
17th Edition : Jun. 29,2012-00
<A1. Autonomous Controller FCN>
A1-125
l Connection
Connection is made by aligning the MIL connector and incorrect insertion prevention key on the
I/O module. Then install the MIL connector cover (NFCCC01) to secure the cable (excluding
NFDV161 and 561).
For NFDV161 or 561, the cable is locked using the connector lock lever.
MIL cable connector cover
MIL connector (MIL 50 pins)
A011610E.ai
Figure Connecting the MIL Connector Cable (Securing the Cable Using MIL Cable Connector Cover)
CN1
C N2
Connector lock lever
A011611E.ai
Figure Connecting the MIL Connector Cable (Securing the Cable Using Connector Lock Lever)
IM 34P02Q01-01E
17th Edition : Jun. 29,2012-00
<A1. Autonomous Controller FCN>
A1.16.4
A1-126
Communication Cables
n Control Network
Connect the control network cable to the connector in the front of the CPU module. Use cables
that comply with the 100BASE-TX or 10BASE-T standard. When using the control network in
single, connect the cable to the Network Interface 1.
IMPORTANT
When not using the Network Interface 2, leave the connector cover for dust protection on to
prevent any damage to the connector.
n SB Bus Cable
The SB bus repeat modules for expansion units are connected using SB bus cables.
Connect the cables following the procedures below:
SEE
ALSO
1.
Connect the cable connector to the T-joint connector on the SB bus repeat module.
2.
Secure the connector by turning the screws on the connector shell.
3.
The tightening torque of the screws should be approximately 0.45 Nm.
When a SB bus repeat module malfunctions, see C.5.2.2, “Replacing FCN Modules” for on-line replacement
procedures.
IM 34P02Q01-01E
17th Edition : Jun. 29,2012-00
<A1. Autonomous Controller FCN>
A1-127
n RS-232-C Communication Cable
l Cable Connection
If RS-232-C communication cables are connected to CPU modules or RS-232-C communication
modules, connect the cables that conform to the respective connector types. Then, fasten the
cables using screws.
IMPORTANT
SEE
ALSO
•
The CPU module’s serial ports are D-SUB 9 pins (male). Connectors are fastened using
inch screw threads (No. 4-40 UNC).
•
RS-232-C communication module’s serial ports are D-SUB 9 pins (female). Connectors are
fastened using metric screw threads (M2.6).
For the cables for NFLR111 (RS-232-C communication module), refer to “A1.11.1 Signal Cable Connection to
RS-232-C Communication Module.”
IM 34P02Q01-01E
17th Edition : Jun. 29,2012-00
<A1. Autonomous Controller FCN>
A1-128
n RS-422/RS-485 Communication Cable
If users supply the communication cables for RS-422/RS-485, use cables that conform to the
following standards:
l Applicable Cables
Shielded twisted pair cables (cables for RS-422/RS-485 communication are recommended)
l Recommend Size
0.5 mm2 to 1.25 mm2 (AWG 20 to 16)
(1.25 mm2 is recommended)
l Terminal Preparation
Use a ring tongue terminal for M4 terminals, with the outer diameter of the lug tip (outer terminal
diameter) not exceeding 8.5 mm, and with an insulation sleeve.
Insulation sleeve
internal diameter
Hole diameter
Terminal length
Outer terminal diameter
A011612E.ai
Figure Ring Tongue Terminal
Table
Example of Ring Tongue Terminal Speciication
Conductor nominal
cross-sectional
area
(mm2)
Screw used
(mm)
Hole diameter
(mm)
Outer terminal
diameter
(mm)
Terminal
length
(mm)
Insulation
sleeve internal
diameter
(mm)
4
4.3 or more
8.0 or less
Approx. 20.0
3.6 or larger
0.5 to 1.65
(AWG 20 to 16)
l Tightening Torque
Tightening torque: to be ixed at 1.2 Nm or less
IM 34P02Q01-01E
17th Edition : Jun. 29,2012-00
A2-1
<A2. Low Power Autonomous Controller FCN-RTU>
A2. Low Power Autonomous Controller
FCN-RTU
This section describes the hardware of the Low Power Autonomous Controller FCN-RTU
(Field Control Node – Remote Terminal Unit).
A2.1
Structure and Names of Each Component
Unit
FCN-RTU consists of the following modules:
•
Base module (NFBU050)
•
Power supply module (NFPW426)
•
CPU (with built-in I/Os) module (NFCP050)
•
Additional I/O module (up to three modules can be mounted on a base module)
Power supply module
CPU module
Additional I/O modules
Base module
A020101E.ai
Figure Components for the Low Power Autonomous Controller FCN-RTU
2
IOM
1
IOM
Slot
IOM
it:1
CPU
PWM
l Examples of Coniguration
3
4
5
A020102E.ai
Abbreviation
Description
PWM
Power supply module
CPU
CPU (with built-in I/Os) module
IOM
Additional I/O module
Figure Installation Example of Low Power Autonomous Controller FCN-RTU Modules
IM 34P02Q01-01E
15th Edition : Jun.30,2010-00
<A2. Low Power Autonomous Controller FCN-RTU>
A2-2
n External View
Unit: mm
5
283
273
243.6
3.6
66.5
110
16.1
10.5
131
19.7
A020103E.ai
Figure External View for FCN-RTU (When Attaching to DIN Rail)
IM 34P02Q01-01E
14th Edition : Aug.28,2009-00
A2-3
<A2. Low Power Autonomous Controller FCN-RTU>
A2.2
Base Module for FCN-RTU (NFBU050)
A base module is a chassis on which various function modules such as CPU, power supply, and additional I/O modules are mounted to conigure a control unit.
n Functions
•
One dedicated slot for one power supply module for FCN-RTU (NFPW426)
•
One pair of dedicated slots for one CPU module for FCN-RTU (NFCP050)
•
Three slots for additional I/O modules (*1)
*1:
Single dedicated I/O bus
IMPORTANT
•
Do not mount power supply module for FCN (NFPW441, NFPW442 or NFPW444) on
NFBU050 used for FCN-RTU.
•
Do not mount CPU module for FCN (NFCP100) on NFBU050 used for FCN-RTU.
•
Dummy cover (NFDCV01) must be installed in every unused slot.
n Speciication
Table
Base Module Speciication
Item
Speciication
Model
NFBU050-S1
Weight
0.58 kg
Dimensions (W×H×D)
283×131×24.2 mm
Mounting
DIN rail-mounted
Self
Maximum 5 V consumption 0.025 A
power conSelf
sumption
24 V
0
consumption
IM 34P02Q01-01E
14th Edition : Aug.28,2009-00
<A2. Low Power Autonomous Controller FCN-RTU>
A2-4
n External View
Unit: mm
24.2
20.6
283
273
16.1
243.6
131
110
66.5
10.5
A020201E.ai
Figure Base Module [Installed on DIN Rails]
IM 34P02Q01-01E
13th Edition : Feb. 06,2009-00
A2-5
<A2. Low Power Autonomous Controller FCN-RTU>
n SG-FG Short-Circuit Setting
SG (Signal Ground) and FG (Frame Ground) are connected by a short bar between two terminals (TM1 and TM2, from top) on base module (default factory setting).
According to system requirement, SG and FG could be separated by removing the short bar (see
the igure shown below).
SG-FG short-circuit setting
(Default factory setting)
A020202E.ai
Figure SG-FG Short-circuit Setting
IM 34P02Q01-01E
15th Edition : Jun.30,2010-00
<A2. Low Power Autonomous Controller FCN-RTU>
A2.3
A2-6
Power Supply Module for FCN-RTU
(NFPW426)
Mounted on the base module (NFBU050), a power supply module supplies steady power
to other modules. This power supply module has output functions (5 V DC power supply,
24 V DC analog ield power supply for additional I/O modules).
WARNING
Do not mount NFPW426 on any base modules (except on NFBU050), or the modules might
break down.
SEE
ALSO
For more information about ield power, refer to A1.13.3 “Field Power Supply.”
n Speciication
Table
Power Supply Module Speciication
Speciication
Item
Model
NFPW426
Input
Rated input voltage
12 V DC, 24 V DC
Input voltage range
10 to 30 V DC
Input current
Max. 4 A
Fuse rating
6.3 A
Max. 4.3 A for 200 ms, 12 V DC input
Max. 9.2 A for 200 ms, 24 V DC input
500 V AC for 1 minute
Rush current
Withstanding voltage
Power supply
Output
Analog
ield
power
supply
output
50 M at 500 V DC
Insulation resistance
Insensitive momentary
power-failure time
Rated output voltage
+5.1 V DC
Rated output current
0 to 2.4 A
Peak current
2.52 A
Total output
12 W
Startup time after power-on
Max. 300 ms
2 ms (100%)
Overvoltage protection
Max. 7 V
Overcurrent protection
Min. 105% (auto recovery)
Rated output voltage
24 V DC
Rated output current
0 to 0.54 A
Peak current
0.57 A
Total output
13 W
Startup time after power-on
Max. 300 ms
Overvoltage protection
Max. 36 V
Overcurrent protection
Min. 105% (auto recovery)
Duplex coniguration
Impossible
Weight
0.61 kg
Dimensions (W×H×D)
49.7 × 130 × 146.5 mm
IM 34P02Q01-01E
18th Edition : Mar. 29,2013-00
<A2. Low Power Autonomous Controller FCN-RTU>
A2-7
n External View
Unit: mm
146.5
133
49.7
13.5
130
A020301E.ai
Figure Power Supply Module
n Terminals/LEDs
Table
Power Supply Terminals (NFPW426)
Pin No.
Name
Signal
1
+
24 V DC analog ield power supply enable (+) (*1) (*2)
2
-
24 V DC analog ield power supply enable (-) (*1) (*2)
3
G( )
Ground of line ilter
4
+
Power input (+)
5
-
Power input (-)
*1:
To drive analog ield power supply function, supply the same voltage at 24 V DC analog ield power supply enable (+) and (-)
(connect Pin No. 5 to Pin No. 2, and connect Pin No. 4 to Pin No. 1).
When analog I/O modules such as NFAB841 are installed, an analog ield power supply is needed.
Otherwise do not connect these pins to save the power consumption.
*2:
Table
Check Terminals
Pin No.
Name
1
+5 V-CHK
2
+24 V-CHK Checking of 24 V ield power supply
3
GND -CHK Signal grounding
Table
Signal
Checking of 5 V system power
LED Displays
Name
Color
Description
SYS-POWER
Green
Lights when the 5 V system power output is on.
FLD-POWER
Green
Lights when the 24 V ield power supply is on.
IM 34P02Q01-01E
14th Edition : Aug.28,2009-00
<A2. Low Power Autonomous Controller FCN-RTU>
NFPW426-10
A2-8
S1
SYS
POWER
Status lamp
FLD
Check terminal
+5V
+24V
CHECK
GND
TM
1
2
FLD 3
ENA
Power supply terminal
4
5
SYS
12VDC
/24VDC
Tabs for the locks of the protective cover
A020302E.ai
Figure Power Supply Module Terminals
IM 34P02Q01-01E
13th Edition : Feb. 06,2009-00
<A2. Low Power Autonomous Controller FCN-RTU>
A2-9
n Operations
The simple functional block diagram of the power supply module (NFPW426) is shown below.
Field Power
Enable
(FLDENA)
Power Supply Module
(NFPW426)
Base Module
(NFBU050)
Analog Field Power Supply Function
1+
24 V DC
Generator
2Connect
if necessary
Ground of
Noises Filter
3
System Power Supply
Function
4+
Power Input
5-
Power Source
10 to 30 V DC
Analog Field Power Supply
24 V DC
(for Additional I/O modules)
5 V DC
Generator
System Power Supply
5 V DC
SG
To FG
A020303E.ai
Figure Simple Functional Block Diagram of Power Supply Module
l System Power Supply Function
System power supply (5 V DC) is generated from power source input (10 to 30 V DC) and supplied to CPU module and additional I/O modules via base module.
l Analog Field Power Supply Function
This module has a function to generate analog ield power supply (24 V DC) from power source
input (10 to 30 V DC) and to supply the generated power supply to additional I/O modules. According to system requirements (such as using additional analog I/O modules), this function
could be activated. (Do not activate this function unless necessary, or increase power consumption wastefully.)
To activate this function, supply the same voltage as power source input at 24 V DC analog ield
power supply enable terminals, pin No.1 (+) and 2 (-). Examples of wiring are shown next.
IM 34P02Q01-01E
13th Edition : Feb. 06,2009-00
A2-10
<A2. Low Power Autonomous Controller FCN-RTU>
TM
TM
TM
1
1
1
2
2
2
FLD 3
ENA
FLD 3
ENA
FLD 3
ENA
4
4
4
5
5
SYS
12VDC
/24VDC
Wiring
5
SYS
12VDC
/24VDC
Wiring not to use analog field
power supply function
SYS
12VDC
/24VDC
Wiring to use analog field
power supply function
A020304E.ai
Figure Examples of Wiring
WARNING
Do not supply the opposite pole voltage, or a breakdown occurs. Check connection before
power-on.
IM 34P02Q01-01E
14th Edition : Aug.28,2009-00
A2-11
<A2. Low Power Autonomous Controller FCN-RTU>
A2.4
CPU Module for FCN-RTU (NFCP050)
One CPU module is mounted in each control unit. The CPU module runs a real-time operating system, supports programming languages compliant with IEC 61131-3 international
standard, and serves as a Java virtual machine.
Especailly, this CPU module has built-in I/Os and built-in software licenses.
IMPORTANT
Do not mount NFCP050 on any base modules (except on NFBU050).
n Speciication
Table
CPU Module Speciication
Speciication
Item
Model
NFCP050-S
CPU
SH-4A(SH7730) 256 MHz
Memory
Main
128 MB with ECC (*4)
Static RAM
1 MB with ECC, backed up by battery (*5)
I/O interface
128 MB on-board lash memory (*6)
3 RS-232 ports (SERIAL: 1, 2, 3), non-isolated, RJ45 modular jacks (*7)
1 RS-422/RS-485 port (SERIAL: 4), non-isolated, RJ45 modular jack
RS-232: Full/Half duplex (software settings)
RS-422/RS-485: Full/Half duplex (DIP switch settings)
Asynchronous
SERIAL:
1.2, 2.4, 4.8, 9.6, 14.4, 19.2, 28.8, 38.4, 57.6, or 115.2 kbps
1, 4
SERIAL:
1.2, 2.4, 4.8, 9.6, 14.4, 19.2, 28.8, or 38.4 kbps
2, 3
RS-422/RS-485: 120 built-in, ON/OFF (DIP switch settings)
1 Ethernet port, 100/10 Mbps or 100BASE-TX, RJ45 modular jack,
NETWORK
with Network power switch (ON/OFF)
16 DI channels, 8 DO channels, 12 AI channels (1-5 V),
2 AO channels (4-20 mA, required for external power supply), 2 PI channels, 1 AI channel (0-32 V)
SB bus (single)
RAS features
Watchdog timer, temperature monitor, etc.
Battery (*3)
2700mAH lithium battery
3 LEDs for CPU status indication,
2 LEDs for LAN status indication,
2 LEDs for Serial port status indication
RESET, SHUTDOWN, ON/OFF (NETWORK)
System
Serial Port (*1)
Communication method
Synchronization
Baud rate
Terminating resistance
Network Interface
Built-in I/O (*2)
Display
Switches
Supply voltage
Power consumption
Duplex coniguration
5 V DC ± 5%
Weight
0.57 kg
Power supply
Size
*1:
*2:
*3:
Dimensions
(W×H×D)
Occupying slots
1.16 to 2.30 W
Impossible
65.8 × 130 × 142.5 mm
2
For connecting to these serial ports, prepare specially made cables following the table shown below.
MIL 40-pin × 2 (KMS40 cable and TAS40 terminal block can be used.)
With battery exhaustion detecting function
IM 34P02Q01-01E
16th Edition : Mar.04,2011-00
<A2. Low Power Autonomous Controller FCN-RTU>
*4:
*5:
*6:
*7:
A2-12
128 MB with ECC for S2 (Style 2) or later, 64 MB without ECC for S1 (Style 1).
1 MB with ECC for S2 (Style 2) or later, 1 MB without ECC for S1 (Style 1).
128 MB for S2 (Style 2) or later, 64 MB for S1 (Style 1).
By default factory setting, low controls are disabled.
Flow controls can be enabled by editing “COM Port Setting File” on “FCX Maintenance Menu.”
For more information, refer to the Help of “FCX Maintenance Menu.”
n External View
Reset switch
NFCP050-S00
S2
HRDY RDY CTRL
Shutdown switch
RESET
SHUT
DOWN
Serial port 4
SERIAL
RS-422/
RS-485
4
CN1
CN2
(DI/O)
(AI/O)
Serial port 3
3
RS-232
2
RS-232
1
RS-232
Serial port 2
RCV
Serial port 1
SND
ON/OFF
Network power switch
NETWORK ON/OFF
Network interface
NETWORK
LINK & ACT
Built-in I/O
(AI/O, PI) channels
MAC address
Built-in I/O
(DI/O) channels
A020401E.ai
Figure CPU Module
IM 34P02Q01-01E
16th Edition : Mar.04,2011-00
<A2. Low Power Autonomous Controller FCN-RTU>
A2-13
n Terminals/LEDs/Switches
l Built-in RS-232 Serial Port Terminals
Table
Pin Assignment of RS-232 Serial Ports
RJ45
Pin
No.
RS-232 Signal Name
Conversion to D-sub
Connector
D-sub
D-sub
9pin
9pin Male
Female
(Straight
(CrossoCable)
ver Cable)
1
1
2
DCD
(Data Carrier Detect)
DSR (Data Set Ready)
6
4
3
RXD (Received Data)
2
3
4
RTS (Request To Send)
7
8
5
TXD (Transmitted Data)
3
2
6
CTS (Clear To Send)
DTR
(Data Terminal Ready)
GND (Common Ground)
8
7
4
6
5
5
1
7
8
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
A020402E.ai
Figure Front View of RJ45 Connector for RS-232 Serial Ports
l Built-in RS-422/RS-485 Serial Port Terminals
Table
Pin Assignment of RS-422/RS-485 Serial Port
RJ45
Pin
No.
1
DATA+
TX+
2
DATA-
TX-
Half Duplex (2-wire)
3
Full Duplex (4-wire)
RX+
4
5
6
RX-
7
8
GND
GND
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
A020403E.ai
Figure Front View of RJ45 Connector for RS-422/RS-485 Serial Port
IM 34P02Q01-01E
14th Edition : Aug.28,2009-00
<A2. Low Power Autonomous Controller FCN-RTU>
A2-14
l Network Interface Terminals
Table
Pin Assignment of RJ45 Type Modular Jack for Network Interface
Pin No
Signal name
Function
1
Transmission data (+)
-
2
Transmission data (-)
-
3
Receiving data (+)
-
4
Not used
-
5
Not used
-
6
Receiving data (-)
-
7
Not used
-
8
Not used
-
l Operation Status LEDs
Table
Operation Status LEDs
Name
HRDY
RDY
CTRL
SEE
ALSO
Color
Description
Green
Lights when the hardware is normal.
Green
Lights when the system is normal.
Red
Blinks when built-in I/Os are failed.
Green
Lights when the control actions are carried out normally.
The displays of the CPU operation status display LEDs are different depending on the status, such as during startup or in duplex coniguration. For details on the CPU operation status display LEDs, see B1.5, “Operation Status
of FCN/FCJ Autonomous Controllers.”
l Network Status LEDs
Table
RJ45 Modular Connector LEDs
Name
Color
Description
NETWORK
ON/OFF
Green
Lights on when the network interface is enabled.
LINK & ACT
Green
Lights when the LINK has been established. Blinks
when the transmission/reception is on.
l Serial Port Status LEDs
Table
RJ45 Modular Connector LEDs
Name
Color
Description
Receive
(RCV)
Green
Reception in progress
Send (SND)
Green
Transmission in progress
Note: Not implemented by S1 (Style 1)
l Reset Switch
This switch is used to restart the CPU module.
IM 34P02Q01-01E
16th Edition : Mar. 04,2011-00
<A2. Low Power Autonomous Controller FCN-RTU>
A2-15
l Shutdown Switch
This switch is used to terminate the CPU module operation safely.
l Network ON/OFF Switch
This switch is used to turn on and off the network interface.
SEE
ALSO
For details, see B1.9, “FCN-RTU Ethernet Power Saving Function.”
n Bundled Licenses
l Controller Software Licenses
The combination of application portfolio licenses can be speciied in CPU module (NFCP050)
sufix code as shown in the following table. Licenses can not be added later on.
Table
Sufix code indicating license combination
Sufix codes of model NFCP050
Software
FCN/FCJ Basic Software for Single CPU
(With Java function)
PAS Portfolio
Modbus Communication
Portfolio
DNP3 Communication Portfolio
Application Web Application Portfolio
Portfolio
E-mail Application Portfolio
*1:
-S0
-S1
Standard type
Extend type






Software Media
(Model)
NT203AJ


–

–
 (*1)
Graphic Portfolio (InfoWell)
–

Logging Portfolio (InfoWell)
–

Gas Flow Calculation Portfolio
–
 (*1)
NT205AJ
Not supported by S1 (Style 1).
IM 34P02Q01-01E
16th Edition : Mar. 04,2011-00
A2-16
<A2. Low Power Autonomous Controller FCN-RTU>
n Serial Ports
SEE
ALSO
For external connection, refer to A1.11.2 “Signal Cable Connection to RS-422/RS-485 Communication Module.”
l Connection
To connect serial port with other devices, make adequate cable which has RJ45 connection one
side. Cable’s material is selected appropriately according to installation and operation requirements (temperature range).
l Hardware Setting for RS-485 (SERIAL 4)
In use of RS-485 (SERIAL 4), set these switch on side body of module according to conditions.
•
Disabling or enabilng internal termination resistor (120
Switch Name
TX
RX
•
Position
each) for TX and RX
Function
OFF
Disabling internal termination resistor (120 ) for TX
ON
Enabling internal termination resistor (120 ) for TX (factory default)
OFF
Disabling internal termination resistor (120 ) for RX
ON
Enabling internal termination resistor (120 ) for RX (factory default)
Choice between half duplex or full duplex
Switch Name
DUPLEX
Position
Function
HALF (2-WIRE)
Half duplex (factory default)
FULL (4-WIRE)
Full duplex
TX
OFF
ON
RX
OFF
ON
TERMINATOR
DUPLEX
HALF(2-WIRE)
FULL(4-WIRE)
SERIAL 4
RS-422/RS-485
TX
OFF
ON
RX
OFF
ON
TERMINATOR
DUPLEX
HALF(2-WIRE)
FULL(4-WIRE)
SERIAL 4
RS-422/RS-485
A020404E.ai
Figure Hardware Settings for RS-485 (SERIAL 4)
TIP
When the port is not used, it should be covered.
IM 34P02Q01-01E
14th Edition : Aug.28,2009-00
A2-17
<A2. Low Power Autonomous Controller FCN-RTU>
n Built-in I/Os
l Speciications
Table
Built-in Analog Inputs (1 to 5 V DC)
Speciication
Item
Input points
12
1 to 5 V differential, non-isolated
Input signals
Allowable common mode voltage range ±1 V DC
Maximum absolute input voltage range ±7.5 V
Input impedance
During power-on
1 M or more
During power-off
340 k or more
Allowable signal source resistance
500
Accuracy
±0.3% of full scale
or less
Temperature drift
Max. ±0.01%/°C
A/D resolution
15 bits/1-5 V
Data refresh cycle
10 ms
Input step response time
100 ms
Normal mode noise rejection ratio
37 dB or more (with power supply frequency at 50/60 Hz)
Table
Built-in Analog Outputs
Speciication
Item
Output points
2
Output signals
4 to 20 mA DC, non-isolated
Allowable load resistance
0 to 250
Accuracy
±0.5% of full scale
(12 V), 0 to 750
Temperature drift
Max. ±0.01%/°C
D/A resolution
13 bits/4-20 mA
(24V)
Data refresh cycle
10 ms
Step response time
Output ripple
100 ms
HOLD: Holds the current level when the fallback action is triggered.
SETV: Sets the output to the preset level when the fallback action is
triggered.
50 mVp-p (250 load)
Output open detection
Provided
Output fallback (*2) (*3)
*1:
*2:
*3:
Table
To use AO, connect a power supply (12 or 24 V) to Vin and Com terminals.
The fallback detection time is 4 seconds.
Fallback functions can be enabled in common.
When enabling them, HOLD or SETV can be set for each channel.
Built-in Digital Inputs
Speciication
Item
Input points
16, non-isolated
Rated input voltage
3.3 V DC, voltage-free contact
Input “on” voltage
1.2 V DC or less
Input “off” voltage
2.5 V DC or more
Source current
1 mA
Input response time
25 ms
Function: Status inputs
On/off status detection Rise/fall
IM 34P02Q01-01E
15th Edition : Jun.30,2010-00
A2-18
<A2. Low Power Autonomous Controller FCN-RTU>
Table
Built-in Digital Outputs
Speciication
Item
Output points
8, non-isolated
Rated load voltage
12 V DC, 24V DC
Maximum “on” voltage
2 V DC
Maximum output-off leak current
0.1 mA
Output type
Current sink
100 mA/point, 13.2 V
100 mA/point, 26.4 V
15 ms
Maximum load
Output response time
Function: Status outputs
Output fallback (*1) (*2)
*1:
*2:
Table
On/off status outputs
HOLD: Holds the current status when the fallback action is triggered.
OFF:
Resets all the output channels to off when the fallback action
is triggered.
The fallback detection time is 4 seconds.
Fallback functions can be enabled in common.
When enabling them, HOLD or OFF can be set in common.
Built-in Pulse Inputs
Speciication
Item
Input points
2, non-isolated
Input signals
Voltage-free contact pulse, voltage pulse
Absolute maximum input voltage
26.4 V DC
Input frequency
0 to 10 kHz
Minimum input pulse width
Pull-up resistance
40 s
VH-VL (voltage swing): 3 V or greater
where VH: 3 to 24 V
VL: Ranges from -1 to 8 V
Signal source resistance: 1 k or less
None
Data refresh cycle
10 ms
Filter function
Can select a ilter that eliminates chattering (*1).
Input signal level
*1:
Table
The maximum input frequency is lower than speciied when the ilter for eliminating chattering is used.
Built-in Analog Input (0 to 32 V DC) (*1)
Speciication
Item
Input points
1
0 to 32 V differential, non-isolated
Input signals
Allowable common mode voltage range ±1 V DC
Maximum absolute input voltage range ±36 V
Input impedance
During power-on
1 M or more
During power-off
56 k or more
Allowable signal source resistance
500
Accuracy
±100 mV, ±0.3% of full scale
or less
Temperature drift
Max. ±6.4 mV/°C, ±0.02%/°C
A/D resolution
15 bits/0-32 V
Input step response time
100 ms
Normal mode noise rejection ratio
25 dB or more (with power supply frequency at 50/60 Hz)
*1:
The signal name is BAT+/-.
IM 34P02Q01-01E
15th Edition : Jun.30,2010-00
A2-19
<A2. Low Power Autonomous Controller FCN-RTU>
l Signal Connection
Using two sets of external MIL Connector Terminal Blocks (TAS40) and MIL Connector Cable
(KMS40), ield signals are connected to built-in I/Os of CPU module. (Refer to the follwing igures.)
SEE
ALSO
1.
Remove connector cover attached to main body.
2.
Attach two MIL connector cables in the correct direction.
3.
Connect shield line of MIL connector cable with FG terminal of under built-in I/O’s connector.
(See “Figure Connecting Shield Lines of MIL Connector Cables.”)
4.
Attach connector cover on to ix the Connector Cables.
For the terminal arrangement of KMS40 and TAS40, refer to “l Terminal Arrangement.”
MIL connector
Terminal block
MIL connector cable
MIL connector
Terminal block
MIL connector cable
A020406E.ai
Figure Attaching MIL Connector Cables
IM 34P02Q01-01E
15th Edition : Jun.30,2010-00
A2-20
<A2. Low Power Autonomous Controller FCN-RTU>
NFCP050-S00
S1
HRDYRDY CTRL
RESET
SHUT
DOWN
SERIAL
RS-422/
RS-485
4
CN1
3
RS-232
2
RS-232
1
RS-232
ON/OFF
(DI/O)
CN2
(AI/O)
NETWORK
A020407E.ai
Figure Connecting Shield Lines of MIL Connector Cables
Isolation covering inside diameter
Lug thickness
Hole diameter
C
Lug length
Lug outside diameter
A020904E.ai
Figure Solderless Lug of Shield Line
Table
Solderless Lug Dimensions
Nominal
cross
sectional
area
Screw
used
(mm)
Hole
diameter
(mm)
Lug outside
diameter
(mm)
Lug length
(mm)
1.25 mm2
3
3.2 or more
8 or less
–
Isolation
covering
inside
diameter
(mm)
–
Dimension
“C” (mm)
Lug
thickness
(mm)
5.5 or more
1 or less
IM 34P02Q01-01E
14th Edition : Aug.28,2009-00
A2-21
<A2. Low Power Autonomous Controller FCN-RTU>
l Terminal Arrangement
CN1 (DI/O)
signal
name
CN2 (AI/O, PI)
Pin No.
signal
name
signal
name
signal
name
Pin No.
N.C.
40
39
N.C.
BAT+
40
39
BAT-
DI1
38
37
DO1
AI1+
38
37
AI1-
DI2
36
35
DO2
AI2+
36
35
AI2-
DI3
34
33
DO3
AI3+
34
33
AI3-
DI4
32
31
DO4
AI4+
32
31
AI4-
DI5
30
29
DO5
AI5+
30
29
AI5-
DI6
28
27
DO6
AI6+
28
27
AI6-
DI7
26
25
DO7
AI7+
26
25
AI7-
DI8
24
23
DO8
AI8+
24
23
AI8-
DI9
22
21
COM
AI9+
22
21
AI9-
DI10
20
19
COM
AI10+
20
19
AI10-
DI11
18
17
COM
AI11+
18
17
AI11-
DI12
16
15
COM
AI12+
16
15
AI12-
DI13
14
13
N.C.
N.C.
14
13
N.C.
DI14
12
11
N.C.
PI1+
12
11
PI1-
DI15
10
9
N.C.
PI2+
10
9
PI2-
DI16
8
7
N.C.
N.C.
8
7
N.C.
COM
6
5
N.C.
AO1+
6
5
AO1-
COM
4
3
N.C.
AO2+
4
3
AO2-
N.C.
2
1
N.C.
Vin
2
1
Com
Vin: Power supply (12 or 24 V) input terminal (+) for built-in AO
Com: Power supply (12 or 24 V) input terminal (-) for built-in AO
A020408E.ai
N.C.
DI1
DI2
AI1+
BAT+
N.C.
DO1
DO2
AI2+
7
9
11
13
15
17
19
21
23
25
27
29
31
33
35
37
AI1-
40
39
BAT-
AI4+
AI3+
DO3
DO4
AI5+
DO5
AI6+
DI3
DI4
DI5
DI6
DI7
DO6
AI7+
AI9+
AI8+
DO7
DO8
COM
AI10+
COM
AI11+
DI8
DI9
DI10
DI11
DI12
COM
AI12+
COM
N.C.
PI1+
40
39
38
5
AI2-
36
3
AI3-
34
1
AI4-
32
38
37
AI5-
30
36
35
AI6-
28
34
33
AI7-
26
32
31
AI8-
24
30
29
AI9-
22
28
27
AI10-
20
26
25
AI13-
18
24
23
AI12-
16
22
21
N.C.
14
20
19
PI1-
12
18
17
PI2-
10
16
15
N.C.
N.C.
PI2+
N.C.
N.C.
DI13
DI14
DI15
DI16
COM
AO1+
8
14
13
N.C.
6
12
11
AO1-
4
10
9
AO2-
2
8
7
N.C.
AO2+
N.C.
N.C.
6
5
N.C.
N.C.
4
3
Vin
Signal Name
Terminal No.
Terminal No.
Signal Name
2
1
Com
Signal Name
Terminal No.
Terminal No.
Signal Name
COM
Figure Pin Assignment of Built-in I/O (MIL)
A020409E.ai
Correspondence between terminal numbers and signal names are examples of connectors using MIL cables (straight type).
Figure General-purpose Terminal Blocks (terminal No./Signal Name)
IM 34P02Q01-01E
13th Edition : Feb. 06,2009-00
A2-22
<A2. Low Power Autonomous Controller FCN-RTU>
l Analog Inputs (1 to 5 V DC)
12 V DC/24 V DC
CPU module
Built-in I/O
+
4 to 20 mA
-
660 kΩ
AIn+
250 Ω
660 kΩ
AIn39 kΩ
340 kΩ
340 kΩ
n:1 to 12
SG
A020410E.ai
Figure Simple Block Diagram of AI Circuit and Examples of Connection (1 to 5 V DC)
l Analog Outputs
In case of using Analog Outputs (4 to 20 mA), 12 V DC or 24 V DC must be supplied to the terminals (Vin and Com) of CN2. According to speciications of connected device, select appropriate
voltage within maximum voltage value.
CPU module
Built-in I/O
12 V DC/24 V DC
Vin
Com
AOn+
4 to 20 mA
AOn-
SG
n:1, 2
A020411E.ai
Figure Simple Block Diagram of AO Circuit and Examples of Connection
IM 34P02Q01-01E
14th Edition : Aug.28,2009-00
A2-23
<A2. Low Power Autonomous Controller FCN-RTU>
l Digital Inputs
Use COM terminal of Pin No.4 and 6 for return of digital inputs (DI1 to DI16)
3.3 V DC
Internal
Pull-up
CPU module
Built-in I/O
1k
DI n
COM
SG
Dry contact input
n : 1,2, to ,16
A020412E.ai
Figure Simple Block Diagram of DI Circuit and Examples of Connection
l Digital Outputs
•
Use COM Pin No. 15, 17, 19, and 21 for return of digital outputs (DO1 to DO8).
Use different COM to avoid convergence.
•
There is no protection circuit internally.
Pay attention to the connections without load. According to requirement, protecting circuits,
such as fuses, may need to be mounted.
CPU module
Built-in I/O
DO n
LOAD
12 V DC/24 V DC
to 100 mA/point
COM
n : 1,2, to ,8
A020413E.ai
Figure Simple Block Diagram of DO Circuit and Examples of Connection
IM 34P02Q01-01E
15th Edition : Jun.30,2010-00
A2-24
<A2. Low Power Autonomous Controller FCN-RTU>
l Pulse Inputs
•
In case of dry contact pulse input, external pull up (resister and power) is needed. According to requirements, select values of resistance and voltage.
•
Filtering function is available for eliminate chattering. It is selected by software coniguration
on Resource Conigrator.
External
Pull-up
CPU module
Built-in I/O
PI n+
Filter
PI n-
SG
Dry contact pulse input
n: 1, 2
CPU module
Built-in I/O
PI n+
Filter
PI n-
SG
Voltage pulse input
n: 1, 2
A020414E.ai
Figure Simple Block Diagram of PI Circuit and Examples of Connection
IM 34P02Q01-01E
14th Edition : Aug.28,2009-00
<A2. Low Power Autonomous Controller FCN-RTU>
A2-25
l Analog Input (0 to 32 V DC)
This analog input is useful for battery voltage monitoring.
CPU module
Built-in I/O
1 MΩ
BAT+
1 MΩ
BAT–
+
–
Battery
39 kΩ
56 kΩ
56 kΩ
SG
A020415E.ai
Figure Simple Block Diagram of AI Circuit and Examples of Connection (0 to 32 V DC)
IM 34P02Q01-01E
13th Edition : Feb. 06,2009-00
A2-26
<A2. Low Power Autonomous Controller FCN-RTU>
A2.5
I/O Modules
n Installation Limitations
An autonomous controller FCN-RTU supports the following I/O modules and up to three of them
can be mounted on it. For details of I/O modules, refer to “A1. Autonomous Controller FCN.”
Table
Type
List of FCN-RTU’s Modules and Descriptions (1/2)
Model
Function
Base Module NFBU050 Base Module for FCN-RTU
Temp.
(-40to+70°C) Explosion
Altitude Protection
(3000m)
HART
Option


NFPW426 Power Supply Module for FCN-RTU


CPU Module
NFCP050 CPU Module for FCN-RTU


Analog I/O
Modules
(*2)
NFAI141
Analog Input Module(4 to 20 mA, 16-channel, Non-Isolated)
–
(*3)
(*3)
NFAV141
Analog Input Module(1 to 5 V, 16-channel, Non-Isolated)
–

–
NFAI841
Analog I/O Module(4 to 20 mA input, 4 to 20 mA output,
8-channel input/8-channel output, Non-Isolated)
–
(*3)
(*3)
NFAB841
Analog I/O Module(1 to 5 V input, 4 to 20 mA output, 8channel input/8-channel output, Non-Isolated)
–

–
Power Supply Module
Digital I/O
Modules
(*2)
(*4)
–

–
(*1)

–
Analog I/O Module(4 to 20 mA, 4-channel input/4-channel output, Isolated channels)
–


NFAP135
Pulse Input Module(8-channel, Pulse count, 0 to 10 kHz,
Isolated channels)
(*1)

–
NFAF135
Frequency Input Module (8-channel, Contact ON/OFF,
Voltage pulse, 0.1 Hz to 10 kHz, Isolated channels)
(*1)

–
NFDV151 Digital Input Module(32-channel, 24 V DC, Isolated)
–

–
NFDV157 Digital Input Module(32-channel, 24 V DC, Pressure
Clamp Terminal support only, Isolated)
–

–
NFDV551 Digital Output Module(32-channel, 24 V DC, Isolated)
–

–
NFDV557 Digital Output Module(32-channel, 24 V DC, Pressure
Clamp Terminal support only, Isolated)
–

–
NFAT141
TC/mV Input Module(16-channel, Isolated)
NFAR181
RTD Input Module(12-channel, Isolated)
NFAI835
Communica- NFLC121
tion Module
CANopen Communication Module(1-port, 10kbps to
1Mbps)
–
–
–
NFLF111
Foundation ieldbus Communication Module(4-port)


–
NFLP121
PROFIBUS-DP Communication Module(1-port, 9.6kbps
to 12Mbps)
–
–
–
:
–:
*1:
*2:
*3:
*4:
Available ( or conforming )
Not Available
Use I/O module with sufix codes -S4 or -S5 (with Extended Temperature Range (-40 to +70 °C) option )
Refer to “Limitations of Installation for using in the wide temperature (-40 to +70 °C) and high altitude (2000 to 3000 m) environments” in A2.6 FCN-RTU Installation Environment
To use I/O modules as hazardous location equipment (non-incendive), use the speciied pressure-clamp terminal blocks or
TAS40/TAS50 (MIL connecter terminal blocks) and KMS40/KMS50 (MIL connector cables)
I/O modules with sufix code -H “with HART communication” do not conform to FM-NI,CSA-NI,CSA Type “n”
Unconcerned
IM 34P02Q01-01E
18th Edition : Mar. 29,2013-00
A2-27
<A2. Low Power Autonomous Controller FCN-RTU>
Table
Type
List of FCN-RTU’s Modules and Descriptions (2/2)
Model
Pressure
Clamp Terminal Block
NFTA4S
Function
Temp.
(-40to+70°C) Explosion
Altitude Protection
(3000m)
For Analog(16-channel)
–

NFTT4S
For Thermocouple/mV(16-channel)
–

NFTR8S
For RTD(12-channel)


NFTB5S
For Digital Input(32channel)
–

NFTD5S
For Digital Output(32channel)
–

NFTI3S
For Isolated Analog Module(for NFAI135, NFAP135,
NFAI835)


NFTC5S
For Digital (32-channel, with dedicated connector)
–

NFTF9S
For Foundation Fieldbus


Terminal
Block
TAS40
MIL Connector Terminal Block(40 Pole Plug Types, M3.5)


TAS50
MIL Connector Terminal Block(50 Pole Plug Types, M3.5)
–

Cable
KMS40
MIL Connector Cable(40 Pole Plug Types)


KMS50
MIL Connector Cable(50 Pole Plug Types)
–

:
–:
*4:
HART
Option
*4
Available ( or conforming )
Not Available
Unconcerned
l Limitations of Installation for NFAT141 (the combination of Thermocouple
input and Pressure clamp terminal)
To keep the cold junction compensation accuracy (GS 34P02Q31-01E), make sure to meet the
following conditions. The pressure clamp terminal should not be affected by radiated heat.
•
Do not install a heat-radiating unit beneath the NFAT141 installed unit.
•
Do not install NFAT141 in a place where airlow impinges directly.
•
Do not install NFAT141 next to the CPU modules (NFCP050), power supply modules
(NFPW426).
•
The installable modules next to the NFAT141 are as follows. When installing other than
following I/O modules, make an empty slot (one or more) in each side.
Installable modules: NFAT141, NFAR181, NFAV141
l Limitations of Installation for I/O Modules
When installing I/O modules, ensure that total power consumption does not exceed the rated
power output of the power supply module. For each I/O module power consumption (5 V DC and
24 V DC), refer to the applicable general speciications.
Examples:
•
The digital I/O module NFDV551 need to be checked for current consumption of 5 V DC.
•
The analog I/O module NFAI141, NFAI841, NFAB841, NFAI835, NFAP135 and NFAF135
need to be checked for current consumption both of 5 V DC and 24 V DC.
IM 34P02Q01-01E
16th Edition : Mar. 04,2011-00
A2-28
<A2. Low Power Autonomous Controller FCN-RTU>
A2.6
FCN-RTU Installation Environment
n FCN-RTU Installation Speciicaition, Precautions
The conditions of the installation location must be appropriate for stable operation of the system.
The table below shows the conditions required for installation location (and some conditions for
transportation and storage) of an FCN-RTU.
Table FCN-RTU Installation Environment Speciication
Speciication
Item
Ambient temperature
Ambient humidity
Rate of change in
temperature
Operation
-40 to +70 °C (*1)
Transportation/storage
-40 to +85 °C
Operation
5 to 95 %RH (no condensation)
Transportation/storage
5 to 95 %RH (no condensation)
Operation
Within ±10 °C/h
Transportation/storage
Within ±20 °C/h
Dust
0.3 mg/m3 or less
Protection class
IP20
ANSI/ISA S71.04 Class G2 (Standard) (ANSI/ISA S71.04 Class G3,
option)
0.15 mm P-P (5 to 58 Hz)
Resistance to corrosive gases
Resistance to vibration
1 G (58 to 150 Hz)
Resistance to shock
15 G, 11 ms (during power-off, for sine half-waves in XYZ-directions)
Altitude
3000 m or less (*1)
Noise
Electric ield
3 V/m or less (26 MHz to 1 GHz)
Magnetic ield
30 A/m (AC) or less, 400 A/m (DC) or less
Electrostatic discharge
4 kV or less contact discharge, 8 kV or less aerial discharge
Grounding
Type D (100
Cooling
Natural air cooling
*1:
or less)
It depends on additional I/O modules. Refer to “A2.5 I/O MODULE” for details.
IM 34P02Q01-01E
15th Edition : Jun.30,2010-00
<A2. Low Power Autonomous Controller FCN-RTU>
A2-29
IMPORTANT
•
The unit must be placed in a lockable metal cabinet to comply with standards (Safety, EMC, etc.).
•
The temperature speciication during operation indicates the criterion of the temperature
at the air intake of the bottom portion of modules. Do not block ventilation holes, as it may
hinder the air-cooling capabilities of the unit. When installing FCN-RTU in a cabinet, note
that the temperature speciication is not in respect to the ambient temperature of the cabinet.
Provide cooling fans in the cabinet if needed.
•
Avoid exposing FCN-RTU to direct sunlight.
•
Prevent condensation under any circumstance.
•
The dust level of the room should not exceed 0.3 mg/m3. Under any circumstance, avoid
iron lakes, carbon particles, or any other type of dust that are conductive.
•
Avoid existence of corrosive gases such as hydrogen sulide, sulfurous acid gas, chlorine,
and ammonia.
•
For vibration at the installation location, see also “FCN-RTU Vibration Criteria” within this
Chapter.
•
For radio device noise to FCN-RTU, see “Radio Device Noise to FCN-RTU” within this
Chapter.
l Limitations of Installation for using in the wide temperature (-40 to +70 °C) and
high altitude (2000 to 3000 m) environments
Main components of FCN-RTU (NFCP050, NFPW426, NFBU050) can operate in the wide temperature (-40 to +70 °C) and high altitude (2000 to 3000 m) environments.
The I/O Modules which are marked up on table “List of FCN-RTU’s Modules and Descriptions”
can operate in the wide temperature range and high altitude environments by selecting sufix
code -S4 or -S5 (with Extended Temperature range -40 to +70 °C option).
In case of using other I/O modules, the speciications of ambient temperature and altitude are
shown as follows.
Ambient temperature (operation) : 0 to +55 °C
I/O modules
with suffix code -S4 or -S5
Altitude : 2000 m or less
Derating
- 0.5 ºC / 100 m
70 ºC
65 ºC
55 ºC
Ambient
Temp. I/O modules
( Operation ) with suffix code -S0 or -S1
Altitude
0 ºC
-40 ºC
2000 m
3000 m
A020601E.ai
Figure Sufix code vs Ambient Temperature and Altitude of I/O modules
IM 34P02Q01-01E
18th Edition : Mar. 29,2013-00
<A2. Low Power Autonomous Controller FCN-RTU>
A2-30
l Pulse Input Module with extend temp. option (NFAP135-S4 or -S5)’s Ambient Temperature and Installation Requirement depend on Input Mode
There are some conditions depending on using Input mode and ambient temperature.
Table
Input Mode, Ambient Temp. (operating) and Installation Requirement of NFAP135-S4 or -S5
Ambient Temp. Range
Input Mode (*1)
Voltage pulse
Dry contact pulse
2-wire transmitter
current pulse
(4 to 20 mA)
with 200
shunt resistance
with 500
shunt resistance
3-wire transmitter voltage pulse
*1:
*2:
*3:
Installation Requirement
Range type
(*2)
(at 2000 m)
-40 to +70 °C
1
Ensure space on both side (*3)
-40 to +55 °C
3
No restriction
-40 to +65 °C
2
Ensure space on both side(*3)
-40 to +55 °C
3
No restriction
-40 to +65 °C
2
Ensure space on both side (*3)
-40 to +55 °C
3
No restriction
-40 to +55 °C
3
Ensure space on one side
Or use within 4 points or less
-40 to +65 °C
2
Ensure space on both side(*3)
-40 to +55 °C
3
No restriction
Refer to “Pulse Input Module” in A1.6.1 Analog I/O Module (Speciication) for details.
See Figure Ambient Temperature Range of NFAP135-S4 or -S5
See Figure Installation Examples of NFAP135
Type 1: -40 to +70 °C @ 2000 m
70 ºC
65 ºC
Derating
- 0.5 °C / 100 m
Type 2: -40 to +65 °C @ 2000 m
55 ºC
Ambient
Temp.
( Operation )
Type 3: -40 to +55 °C @ 2000 m
Altitude
0 °C
-40 °C
2000 m
3000 m
A020602E.ai
Slot
1
2
NFAP135
5
Vacant Slot
4
IOM
PWM
3
CPU
Vacant Slot
2
NFAP135
1
Vacant Slot
Slot
CPU
PWM
Figure Ambient Temperature Range of NFAP135-S4 or -S5
3
4
5
A020603E.ai
Figure Installation Examples of using NFAP135
IM 34P02Q01-01E
18th Edition : Mar. 29,2013-00
<A2. Low Power Autonomous Controller FCN-RTU>
A2-31
l FCN-RTU Vibration Criteria
Ensure that if the frequency of vibration at the installation location is 58 Hz or less, the total amplitude is maintained less than 0.15 mm. If the vibration frequency is greater than 58 Hz, ind a
location that will meet the following condition:
Acceleration (m/s2) = 2�2 x A x F2 x 10-3 < 9.8 (=1G)
where
A: Total amplitude (mm)
F: Frequency (Hz)
The range of allowable total amplitudes is shown below.
mm
0.2
Total amplitude
0.15
0.1
Allowable range
0.05
0
10
30
50
70
90
110
130
150Hz
Vibration frequency
A020604E.ai
Figure Allowable Vibration Range
l Radio Device Noise to FCN-RTU
The following shows general requirements when using a radio device such as transceivers; however, as a general rule, close the cabinet door when using a radio device:
•
Transceivers that have 3 W of output power or less should be at least 1 m away.
Transceivers that have 10 W of output power or less should be at least 2 m away.
•
Radio devices that have 1 W of output power or less including cellular phones and cordless
phones should be at least 1 m away.
IMPORTANT
When using the NFCP050/NFLP121, mount ferrite cores as shown below in order to meet the
EMC standards.
•
NFCP050 (CPU module) : Mount two ferrite cores “A1193MN” to Ethernet cable of the
NFCP050 side.
•
NFLP121 (PROFIBUS-DP Communication module) : Mount one ferrite core “A1193MN” to
PROFIBUS-DP cable of the NFLP121 side.
IM 34P02Q01-01E
17th Edition : Jun. 29,2012-00
<A2. Low Power Autonomous Controller FCN-RTU>
A2.7
A2-32
FCN-RTU Power Supply Equipment
Proper power equipment must be used for stable system operation. This section describes the following:
•
Power supply system
•
Power supply speciications
•
Field power supply speciications
•
Grounding
A2.7.1
Power Supply System
This section describes the power supply system for an FCN-RTU.
l System Separation
Power supply system for FCN-RTU should be separated from other systems. For example, the
power supply system for the I/O signal circuit should be isolated by an insulation transformer.
l Installation of Breakers, Switches, etc.
Power supply module for FCN-RTU has no switch. An external breaker or an external switch
should be installed for maintenance and safety.
IMPORTANT
To make the power supply system for FCN-RTU conform to the safety standards, use a breaker
or a switch that conforms to the safety standards.
IM 34P02Q01-01E
15th Edition : Jun.30,2010-00
A2-33
<A2. Low Power Autonomous Controller FCN-RTU>
A2.7.2
Supplied Power Source
The following items must be considered for stable FCN-RTU operation.
l Inrush Current
An input current much larger than normal will low when the power supply is turned on. Refer
to the speciication of the power supply module for inrush currents to the power supply module.
Make sure that the supplied power and protection devices can withstand this inrush current.
TIP
The peak values and waveforms of the current are affected by the impedance of the input system. These change
depending on the system structure (when comprised of multiple devices) and the power supply line condition.
Generally, the inrush current when the system is comprised of multiple devices will be less than the total sum of
the inrush current of each device.
l Power Consumption Guidelines
Table
Current Consumption of NFCP050 (without analog ield power supply for built-in AO)
NETWORK
(Ethernet)
not used
used
SERIAL+
DI/O+AI/O (built-in I/Os:
DI, DO, AI, AO, PI)
not used
0.26 A
0.39 A
used
0.35 A
0.48 A
l Output Capacity
The output capacity of the power supply device is determine by calculating the maximum electric
power of the system, but the peak value of the current will be 2 to 5 times more of the effective
value. The effects and inrush current by this current waveform, as well as excess for future device expansion must be carefully considered.
l Power Consumption Calculation
Refer to the power supply module speciication for the maximum value of the power consumption. Take consideration of the expansion and changes of devices. In general, the maximum
value should be used.
The actual power consumption varies depending on what modules are installed and how many.
Estimating modules that can be installed and operate
•
The maximum current consumption of a unit at 5 V DC (IMAX@5VDC) and at 24 V DC (IMAX@24VDC)
can be obtained by the following equations respectively:
IMAX@5VDC = IBASE@5VDC + ICPU@5VDC + II/O@5VDC
IMAX@24VDC = II/O@24VDC
(Base module and CPU module make no current consumption at 24 V DC)
where
IBASE = current consumption of the base module (NFBU050)
ICPU (*1) = current consumption of the CPU module (NFCP050)
II/O = current consumption of the additional input/output modules installed
*1:
•
Current consumption of NFCP050 (without analog ield power supply for built-in AO) in the table shown above
Total power consumption must meet the speciication of the power supply module.
IM 34P02Q01-01E
15th Edition : Jun.30,2010-00
<A2. Low Power Autonomous Controller FCN-RTU>
A2-34
Estimating power that is supplied to the unit
•
The power consumption of a unit, Q (W), can then be obtained by the following equation:
Q = (5.1 × IMAX@5VDC + 24 × IMAX@24VDC) / 0.8
l Example
Estimating power consumption for an unit consisting of NFPW426, NFBU050, NFCP050 (using all serial ports, the active network interface and all built-in I/Os), NFAI841, NFDV151 and
NFDV551.
•
Power consumption at 5 V DC, Q@5VDC (W), can be obtained by the following equation:
Q@5VDC = 5.1 × (INFBU050 + INFCP050 + INFAI841@5VDC + INFDV151 + INFDV551 ) = 10.3
where
INFBU050 = 0.025 (A)
INFCP050 = 0.48 (A)
INFAI841@5VDC = 0.3 (A)
INFDV151 = 0.5 (A)
INFDV551 = 0.7 (A)
•
Power consumption at 24 V DC, Q@24VDC (W), can be obtained by the following equation:
Q@24VDC = 24 × INFAI841@24VDC = 12
where
INFAI841@24VDC = 0.5 (A)
•
As the maximum allowable power of NFPW426 at 5 V DC is 12 W and the maximum power
at 24 V DC is 13 W, the system of coniguration shown above can be operated.
Estimating power that is supplied to unit
•
The power that is to be supplied to power supply module, Q (W), can be obtained by the following equation:
Q = (10.3 + 12) / 0.8 = 27.9
thus
Regular current consumption at 12 V DC input = 2.4 (A)
Regular current consumption at 24 V DC input = 1.2 (A)
WARNING
•
When a power failure is detected and a restart is performed, control will be stopped for a
duration longer than the power failure.
•
To avoid these problems, use an Uninterruptable Power Supply (UPS) for the power supply.
IM 34P02Q01-01E
15th Edition : Jun.30,2010-00
<A2. Low Power Autonomous Controller FCN-RTU>
A2.7.3
A2-35
Field Power Supply
Some I/O modules require ield power supply (24V DC). NFPW426 supports 24 V DC output for this requirement.
The following I/O modules require ield power supply.
l Analog I/O Module
•
NFAI841 Current I/O, 8/8 points, non-isolated
•
NFAB841 Voltage input/current output, 8/8 points, non-isolated
l Digital Output Module
•
NFDV551 Digital output, 32 points
Power
supply
module
Base module
Field power supply (for analog I/O module, 24V DC)
System power supply (5V DC)
Power
input
12/24 V DC
Circuit
for
power
generation
CPU
module
built-in AO
Digital
output
module
Analog
I/O
module
Field power supply
(for digital output module, 24V DC)
A020701E.ai
Figure Field Power Supply and System Power Supply
n Field Power Supply for Analog I/O Modules
Field power for analog I/O modules is supplied to each analog I/O module via base modules.
n Field Power Supply for Digital Output Modules
Field power supply for digital output modules is supplied ield power directly to each terminal of
the module. Supply the appropriate power by calculating the 24V DC current consumption based
on the speciication of each module.
TIP
Power is supplied by using different power supply systems between analog system and digital system to avoid
interferences such as noises. When every 16 points are isolated among digital output signals, the power supply
must also be isolated.
IM 34P02Q01-01E
15th Edition : Jun.30,2010-00
A2-36
<A2. Low Power Autonomous Controller FCN-RTU>
A2.7.4
Grounding for FCN-RTU
When an FCN-RTU is installed in a cabinet, instrument panel, or the like, it is functionally
insulated by a DIN rail attachment. To maintain this insulation, the following instructions
must be followed.
•
Perform Type D grounding (100 Ω of resistance or less) on the FG terminal of the
base module.
•
Perform Type D grounding (100 Ω of resistance or less) on the G terminal of the
power supply module (line ilter grounding).
•
Perform the grounding of the base module and the power supply module at one
point.
For the speciication of the grounding wire, see A1.16.2, “Wiring the Ground.”
Base module
FG
Short bar
Analog field power supply 24 V
System power supply 5 V
SG
Digital I/O (DO)
Analog I/O
Digital
Output
Digital
Input
Pulse
Input
Analog
Output
Enable
Analog
Input
NFCP050
NFPW426
Circuit
Circuit
I/F
Digital I/O (DI)
Circuit
FG
Circuit
I/F
Rack
Cabinet
Battery or
external DC
power supply
Type D grounding
Battery monitoring
input
Voltage
output
device
Power
supply
for
analog
output
Current
input
device
Pulse
output
device
Pushbutton
switch
Field power
supply for
digital
output
LOAD
+
LOAD
ALSO
Ground the FCN separately from the grounding of other devices, motor control circuits, and electric control circuits.
Grounding bar
SEE
•
Field device
Field power
supply for
digital
output
Field power
supply for
digital input
A020702E.ai
IM 34P02Q01-01E
15th Edition : Jun.30,2010-00
A2-37
<A2. Low Power Autonomous Controller FCN-RTU>
A2.8
Installation and Attachment
This section describes the installation procedures, attachment procedures, and precautions for each module when attaching FCN-RTU to cabinets, control panels, etc.
1.
Installing the base module
2.
Installing other modules
A2.8.1
Installing the Base Module
FCN-RTU is designed to be attached to DIN rails, and general-purpose control panels.
Note the following when installing an FCN-RTU to cabinets, and control panels, etc.
n Installation Direction
FCN-RTU is designed to be cooled by natural air. Install an FCN-RTU so that the ventilation air
lows upward from its bottom to its top as shown below.
Up
100 mm or
more
Air flow
100 mm or
more
Air flow
Down
A020801E.ai
Figure Installing FCN-RTU Base Module
IMPORTANT
•
Be sure to turn off the power before installing or removing FCN-RTU base module.
•
Do not install the unit blocking the ventilation holes on the top and bottom.
•
To prevent the cooling air current from being blocked, be sure to place the unit at least 100
mm away from other devices.
•
Do not expose to direct sunlight.
•
All access to FCN-RTU is performed from the front. Secure a space between 100 and
150 mm from the front panel of the unit to the cabinet door to provide enough space for the
cables. (The bending radius will differ depending on the material of the cable. Verify the
speciication of the wire.)
IM 34P02Q01-01E
15th Edition : Jun.30,2010-00
A2-38
<A2. Low Power Autonomous Controller FCN-RTU>
n Precaution of Installing DIN Rails to Panel
There is the possibility that DIN rail may be deformed due to the controller’s weight and cable’s
tension.
Please screw DIN rail to the panel in at least two positions where attachments on the back side
(supplied DIN rail attachments) are placed.
n Installing to DIN Rails
Follow the procedures below to install the base module to DIN rails.
1.
Snap the supplied DIN Rail Attachment to the DIN rail. (See igure below) Attach one on
each side.
2.
Attach FCN-RTU by aligning the screws of the attachment to the installation holes on the left
and right of FCN-RTU unit.
3.
Tighten the screws and secure FCN-RTU to the DIN rail.
Supplied DIN rail
attachment
[1] Hook the nail on the attachment
to the bottom of the DIN rail.
[2] Hook the top nail by pulling the
attachment upwards.
[3] Bring it down slightly while hooking
both nails of the installed jig.
[2]
DIN rail
[3]
[1]
A020802E.ai
Figure Installing the Attachment to the DIN Rail
DIN Rail
A020803E.ai
Figure Installing FCN-RTU Base Module on the DIN Rail
WARNING
Pay attention not to drop nuts of the attachment to the DIN rail.
IM 34P02Q01-01E
15th Edition : Jun.30,2010-00
<A2. Low Power Autonomous Controller FCN-RTU>
A2-39
n Panel Installation Procedures
Follow the procedures below to install FCN-RTU to a panel.
1.
Refer to the dimension diagram and create four holes to screw tapped M4 or M5 screws to a
depth of 8 mm.
2.
Secure the unit at four locations using the M4 or M5 screws.
110 mm
243.6 mm
A020804E.ai
Figure FCN-RTU Installation Screw Hole Interval Dimension Diagram
IM 34P02Q01-01E
15th Edition : Jun.30,2010-00
A2-40
<A2. Low Power Autonomous Controller FCN-RTU>
A2.8.2
Installing Other Modules on to the Base Module
This section describes the procedure for installing the power supply , CPU, and I/O modules onto a base module.
n Installation Position of Each Module
The following describes the positioning of the modules during installation to the base module.
Slot numbers
P
1
2
3
4
5
A020805E.ai
Figure Module Slot Numbers
Table
Installation Position Allowed for Each Module in FCN-RTU
Module
Allowed position
Power supply module
P
CPU module
Slot1 and 2
I/O module
Slot3 to 5
Remarks
Occupies 2 slots per module.
n Installing Modules
The following describes installation and removal procedures of modules to the base module.
A020806E.ai
Figure Attaching Modules to the Base Module
IM 34P02Q01-01E
15th Edition : Jun.30,2010-00
A2-41
<A2. Low Power Autonomous Controller FCN-RTU>
l Installation Procedures
1.
Attach the module to the base module using screws.
2.
Use a torque of approximately 0.5 Nm for the tightening torque of the screws.
3.
Attach the external connection cables and terminal block.
l Removal Procedures
1.
Remove the external connection cables and terminal block.
2.
Remove the screws that hold the module.
3.
Pull out the module forward from the Base unit.
IMPORTANT
Install I/O Module Dummy Covers (Model name: NFDCV01) on open I/O module slots.
IM 34P02Q01-01E
15th Edition : Jun.30,2010-00
A2-42
<A2. Low Power Autonomous Controller FCN-RTU>
A2.9
Wiring
IMPORTANT
Do not bend or press the power cable or the signal cable if the ambient temperature is minus 20
degrees Celsius or below.
A2.9.1
Power Supply Wiring
The following describes the power supply wiring for a power supply module that has inished being installed.
l Wiring Speciication and Terminal Preparation
For the wire terminals, use crimp-on terminal lugs with insulation sleeve. Be sure to use ring
tongue terminal and crimping tools of the same brand.
l Applicable Cables
Insulated cables for industrial equipment such as;
•
600 V polyvinyl chloride insulated wires (IV); JIS C3307
•
Polyvinyl chloride insulated wires for electrical apparatus (KIV); JIS C3316
•
600 V grade heat-resistant polyvinyl chloride insulated wires (HIV); JIS C3317
•
Heatproof vinyl insulated wires VW-1 (UL1015/UL1007)
l Recommend Sizes
0.5 mm2 to 2 mm2 (AWG 20 to 14)
l Terminal Preparation
Use ring tongue terminal for M4 terminals, with the outer diameter of the lug tip (outer terminal
diameter) not exceeding 8.5 mm, and with an insulation sleeve.
Insulation sleeve
internal diameter
Hole diameter
Terminal length
Outer terminal diameter
A020901E.ai
Figure Ring Tongue Terminal
Table
Example of Ring Tongue Terminal Speciication
Conductor nominal
cross-sectional
area
(mm2)
Screw used
(mm)
Hole diameter
(mm)
Outer terminal
diameter
(mm)
Terminal
length
(mm)
Insulation
sleeve internal
diameter
(mm)
0.5 to 1.65
(AWG 20 to 16)
4
4.3 or more
8.0 or less
Approx. 20.0
3.6 or larger
1.04 to 2.63 (AWG
16 to 14)
4
4.3 or more
8.5 or less
Approx. 21.0
4.3 or larger
IM 34P02Q01-01E
15th Edition : Jun.30,2010-00
A2-43
<A2. Low Power Autonomous Controller FCN-RTU>
n Connecting Power Supply
Follow the procedures below to connect the power supply cable.
1.
Detach the protective cover for the terminals on the power supply module as follows:
•
Push the locking tab (circled area in igure) up to unlock it.
•
Pull gently to remove the cover.
2.
Connect the power cable to the terminals labeled 4 (+) and 5 (-). If ield power supply is
necessary, connect a cable to terminals according to the silk screen-printed diagram labeled
FLD ENA. Tighten the terminal screws (Phillips head M4) at a torque of 1.2 Nm.
3.
Connect the grounding cable to the terminal labeled 3 ( ).
4.
Replace the protective cover on the power supply connection terminal after wiring is complete.
IMPORTANT
•
It is recommended to install a switch or circuit breaker on the power wiring so that the power
can be turned on and off individually during maintenance.
•
It is also recommended to install a noise ilter to improve power supply quality.
A020902E.ai
Figure Locking Tab of Protective Terminal Cover
IM 34P02Q01-01E
15th Edition : Jun.30,2010-00
A2-44
<A2. Low Power Autonomous Controller FCN-RTU>
A2.9.2
Wiring the Ground
Type D grounding must be applied (grounding resistance of 100 Ω or less).
IMPORTANT
Ground only the speciied, dedicated grounding terminal.
FCN-RTU needs to be grounded to prevent electric shocks and effects of foreign noise. Be sure
to perform Type D grounding that requires grounding resistance of 100 Ω or less.
l Applicable Cables
Insulated cables for industrial equipment such as;
•
600 V polyvinyl chloride insulated wires (IV); JIS C3307
•
Polyvinyl chloride insulated wires for electrical apparatus (KIV); JIS C3316
•
600 V grade heat-resistant polyvinyl chloride insulated wires (HIV); JIS C3317
•
Heatproof vinyl insulated wires VW-1 (UL1015/UL1007)
l Recommend Sizes
2 mm2 to 2.6 mm2 (AWG 14 to 13)
l Terminal Preparation
Round crimping terminal M4: External dimensions must be within 8.5 mm with insulation covers.
l Cable Connection
Connect the ground cable to the FG terminal (M4 screws) on the bottom left of the base module.
Secure the M4 screws at a tightening torque of 1.2 Nm.
Connect the ground
cable to the unit
A020903E.ai
Figure Grounding FCN-RTU Base Module
IM 34P02Q01-01E
15th Edition : Jun.30,2010-00
<A2. Low Power Autonomous Controller FCN-RTU>
A2.9.3
SEE
ALSO
A2-45
Connecting the Signal Cable
For details, see A1.16.3, “Connecting the Signal Cable.”
A2.9.4
Communication Cables
The signal cable can be connected in the following ways:
n Network
Connect the network cable to the connector in the front of the CPU module. Use cables that comply with the 100BASE-TX standard.
IMPORTANT
When not using the Network Interface, leave the connector cover for dust protection on to prevent any damage to the connector.
n RS-232 Communication Cable of CPU Module
l Cable Connection
If the RS-232 communication ports of the CPU module are used, prepare the RJ45 connector
cables.
SEE
ALSO
For the pin assignments, refer to the table “Pin Assignments of SERIAL Port (RS-232)” and the igure “Front View
of RJ45 Connector (RS-232)” in “A2.4 CPU Module (NFCP050).”
n RS-422/RS-485 Communication Cable of CPU Module
l Cable Connection
If the RS-422/RS-485 communication port of the CPU module is used, prepare the RJ45 connector cables.
SEE
ALSO
For the pin assignments, refer to the table “Pin Assignments of SERIAL Port (RS-422/RS-485)” and the igure
“Front View of RJ45 Connector (RS-422/RS-485)” in “A2.4 CPU Module (NFCP050).”
IM 34P02Q01-01E
15th Edition : Jun.30,2010-00
Blank Page
A3-1
<A3. Autonomous Controller FCJ>
A3. Autonomous Controller FCJ
This section describes the hardware of the Autonomous Controller FCJ.
The FCJ is an all-in-one type controller that has an internal I/O interface installed in the
unit.
A3.1
Structure and Names of Each Component
Unit
n Front
Operation status display LED
HRDY
RDY
CTRL
Analog input
pressure clamp
terminal
Analog output pressure clamp terminal
Pressure clamp terminals
for Foundation Fieldbus
networks
HRDY
RDY
CTRL
Digital input pressure clamp terminal
Digital output pressure clamp terminal
A030101E.ai
Figure FCJ (Front)
IM 34P02Q01-01E
13th Edition : Feb.06,2009-00
A3-2
<A3. Autonomous Controller FCJ>
n Right
System card
Reset switch
RESET
Shutdown switch
SYSTEM
CARD
Serial port 2
SERIAL
2
SHUT
DOWN
Serial port 1
Control network interface 2
Control network interface 1
RJ45 Modular Connector
Communication Status LED
NETWORK
1
2
LINK
ACT
1
Pressure clamp terminal for
Power Supply
A030102E.ai
Figure FCJ (Side)
n Speciication
l General
Table
FCJ Speciication (General)
Speciication
Item
Model
NFJT100-S10
NFJT100-H10
Weight
1.7 kg
1.8 kg
Power supply
24 V DC ±10%
Current dissipation
800 mA
Dimensions (W x H x D)
213.8 x 156 x 95 mm
AI
6
AO
2
DI
16
DO
16
Control network
Ethernet (duplexed coniguration possible)
Foundation Fieldbus
Not supported.
Mounting
Panel-or DIN rail-mounted
1000 mA
2 ports
IM 34P02Q01-01E
13th Edition : Feb.06,2009-00
<A3. Autonomous Controller FCJ>
A3-3
l CPU
Table
FCJ Speciication (CPU)
Speciication
Item
Processor
Memory
MMX-Pentium 166 MHz
Main
128 MB with ECC (*1)
Static RAM
1 MB with ECC, backed up by battery (*2)
System card
1 slot
Serial Port
2 RS-232-C ports: D-sub 9 pins, male (*3)
Communication method
Full duplex
Synchronization
Asynchronous
Baud rate
0.3, 1.2, 2.4, 4.8, 9.6, 14.4, 19.2, 28.8, 38.4, 57.6, or
115.2 kbps
Network interface
2 Ethernet ports: 100/10 Mbps, 100BASE-TX or
10BASE-T, RJ45 modular jacks
RAS features
Watchdog timer, temperature monitor, etc.
Battery
2700 mAH lithium battery
Display
3 LEDs for CPU status indication,
2 LEDs for LAN status indication
Switches
Reset, shutdown
*1:
*2:
*3:
128 MB for S2 (Style 2) or later, 32 MB for S1 (Style 1).
1 MB for S3 (Style 3) or later, 512 KB for S1 (Style 1) or S2 (Style 2).
Connectors are fastened using inch screw threads (No. 4-40 UNC).
By default factory setting, low controls are disabled.
Flow controls can be enabled by editing “COM Port Setting File” on “FCX Maintenance Menu.”
For more information, refer to the Help of “FCX Maintenance Menu.”
l Analog Input
Table
FCJ Speciication (Analog Input)
Speciication
Item
Input points
6
Input signals
1 to 5 V differential, non-isolated
Maximum absolute input voltage
± 7.5 V
Input
resistance
During power-on
1 MΩ or more
During power-off
340 kΩ or more
Allowable signal source resistance
500 Ω or less
Accuracy
± 0.3% of full scale when all DI/Os are off
± 0.4% of full scale when all DI/Os are on
Maximum temperature drift
± 0.01%/°C (Max)
A/D resolution
15 bits/1-5 V
Data refresh cycle
10 ms
Input step response time
100 ms
Normal mode noise rejection ratio
37 dB or more (with power supply frequency at 50/60 Hz)
External connections
M2.5 pressure-clamp terminals
IM 34P02Q01-01E
16th Edition : Mar. 04,2011-00
A3-4
<A3. Autonomous Controller FCJ>
l Analog Outputs
Table
FCJ Speciication (Analog Outputs)
Speciication
Item
Output points
2
Output signals
4 to 20 mA DC, non-isolated
Allowable load resistance
0 to 750
Accuracy
± 0.5% of full scale when all DI/Os are off
± 0.6% of full scale when all DI/Os are on
Temperature drift
± 0.01%/C
D/A resolution
11 bits/4-20 mA
Data refresh cycle
10 ms
Step response time
40 ms
• HOLD (holds the current level when the fallback action
is triggered).
• SETV (sets the output to the preset level when the
fallback action is triggered).
Output fallback (*2)
Output ripple
50 mVp-p (with 250 Ω load)
Output open detection
Provided
External connections
M2.5 pressure-clamp terminals
*1:
*2:
The fallback detection time is 4 seconds.
Whether to enable output fallback actions is to be selected for each module. When enabling them, select HOLD or SETV for
each channel.
l Digital Inputs
Table
FCJ Speciication (Digital Inputs)
Speciication
Item
Input points
16 voltage signals(*1), a shared common terminal for all
points
Rated input voltage
24 V DC
Input “on” voltage
18 V to 26.4 V DC
Input “off” voltage
5.0 V DC or less
Input current
4.1 mA/point ± 20% (at rated voltage input)
Instantaneous allowable maximum input voltage
30 V DC
Isolation
Point-to-point non-isolated, ield-to-circuit isolated
Withstanding voltage
Input signals-to-system: 2 kV AC
Input response time
8 ms or less (for status input)
Minimum “on” detection time
20 ms (for pushbutton [momentary] input)
Maximum on-off cycle
25 Hz (for pushbutton [momentary] input)
Functions: Status inputs
Pushbutton inputs
On/off status detection
Rise/fall edge counting
External connections
M2.5 pressure-clamp terminals
*1:
A voltage-free contact cannot be connected directly.
IM 34P02Q01-01E
13th Edition : Feb.06,2009-00
A3-5
<A3. Autonomous Controller FCJ>
l Digital Outputs
Table
FCJ Speciication (Digital Outputs)
Speciication
Item
Output points
16, a shared common terminal for all points
Rated load voltage
24 V DC
Rated external power supply (*1)
24 V DC, 50 mA
External power supply voltage range
20.4 to 26.4 V DC
Maximum “on” voltage
2 V DC
Maximum output-off leak current
0.1 mA
Output type
Current sink
Maximum load (*2)
100 mA/point, 26.4 V
Isolation
Input signals to system isolated. (Point-to-point nonisolated)
Withstanding voltage
Input signals-to-system: 2 kV AC
Output response time
3 ms or less
Functions:Status outputs
On/off status outputs
Output fallback (*3) (*4)
HOLD: Holds the current states when the fallback
action is triggered.
OFF: Resets all the output channels to off when the
fallback action is triggered.
NO: Performs no fallback action.
External connections
M2.5 pressure-clamp terminals
*1:
*2:
*3:
*4:
Needs an external 24 V DC power supply.
Connect a spark killer diode when driving DC relay.
Fallback detection time is 4 seconds.
HOLD, OFF, or NO should be chosen for all channels commonly.
l Foundation Fieldbus Communication
Speciication
Item
Interface
Foundation Fieldbus (Low speed Voltage Mode)
Number of FCJ ports
2 ports/FCJ
Number of Fieldbus function blocks
Up to 50 blocks per FCJ (*1)
I/O points
48 points/port
Maximum number of ieldbus device
16 units/port
Transmission speed
31.25 kbps
Function
LAS(Link Active Scheduler) function
Bus connections (external connections)
Pressure-clamp terminals (*2)
LED indicator
-
Surge absorver
-
Terminator
- (*3)
*1:
*2:
*3:
The total number of Fieldbus function blocks when all parts of FCJ be used.
The power supply for the ieldbus must be prepared separately.
The terminators for both ends must be prepared separately.
IM 34P02Q01-01E
13th Edition : Feb.06,2009-00
<A3. Autonomous Controller FCJ>
A3-6
n Terminals/LED/Switches
l Terminals
Table
Serial Port (D-SUB 9pin Male)
Pin No
Signal name
Function
1
CD
Data channel receiving carrier detection
2
RD
Receiving data
3
SD
Transmission data
4
ER
Data terminal ready
5
SG
Signal ground
6
DR
Data set ready
7
RS
Transmission request
8
CS
Transmission enabled
9
-
Not used
5
4
3
2
1
9
8
7
6
Figure Pin Position (Front View)
Table
Network Port (RJ45 Type Modular Jack)
Pin No
Signal name
Function
1
Transmission data (+)
-
2
Transmission data (-)
-
3
Receiving data (+)
-
4
Not used
-
5
Not used
-
6
Receiving data (-)
-
7
Not used
-
8
Not used
-
IM 34P02Q01-01E
17th Edition : Jun. 29,2012-00
<A3. Autonomous Controller FCJ>
A3-7
l LEDs
Table
Operation Status Display LEDs
Name
SEE
ALSO
Color
Description
HRDY
Green
Lights when the hardware is normal.
RDY
Green
Lights when the system is normal.
CTRL
Green
Lights when the control actions are carried out normally.
The displays of the operation status display LEDs are different depending on the status, such as during startup.
For details on the CPU operation status display LEDs, see B1.5, “Operation Status of FCN/FCJ Autonomous
Controllers.”
Table
RJ45 Module Connector LEDs
Name
Color
Description
LINK
Green
Lights when the connection to a hub is normal.
ACT
Orange
Lights when the transmission/reception is on.
l Reset Switch
This switch is used to restart the CPU.
l Shutdown Switch
This switch is used to terminate the CPU operation safely.
l FCN/FCJ System Card
This is used to install FCN/FCJ system cards.
SEE
ALSO
For details on FCN/FCJ system cards, see A1.4.1, “FCN/FCJ System Card.”
IMPORTANT
Turn on the power of the FCN/FCJ after installing the FCN/FCJ system card.
IM 34P02Q01-01E
14th Edition : Aug.28,2009-00
A3-8
<A3. Autonomous Controller FCJ>
A3.2
Installation
This section describes the installation of an FCJ. Perform FCJ installation following the
steps below.
1. FCJ Installation
2. Install grounding cable and power supply cable
3. Connect signal cables
A3.2.1
FCJ Installation Speciications
The conditions of the installation location must be appropriate for stable operation of the
system. The table below shows the conditions required for installation location (and some
conditions for transportation and storage) of an FCJ.
Table
FCJ Installation Environment Speciications
Speciication
Item
Ambient
temperature
Ambient humidity
Rate of change in
temperature
Operation
0 ° to 60 °C(*1)
Transportation/
storage
-40 ° to 85 °C(*2)
Operation
5 to 95% RH (no condensation)
Transportation/
storage
5 to 95% RH (no condensation)
Operation
Within ± 10 °C/h
Transportation/
storage
Within ± 20 °C/h
Related standard
JEIDA29 class B
Dust
0.3 mg/m3 Grounding bus
Protection class
IP20
IEC529
Resistance to corrosive gases
ANSI/ISA S71.04, Class G2 (standard)
(ANSI/ISA S71.04, Class G3, option)
ANSI/ISA S71.04
Resistance to vibration
Resistance to shock
Altitude
Noise
0.15 mm P-P (5 to 58 Hz)
1 G (58 to 150 Hz)
15 G, 11 ms (during power-off, for sine halfwaves in XYZ-directions)
IEC68-2-27
2000 m or less
Electric ield
3 V/m or less (26 MHz to 1 GHz)
Magnetic ield
30 A/m (AC) or less, 400 A/m (DC) or less
Electrostatic
discharge
4 kV or less contact discharge, 8 kV or less
aerial discharge
Grounding
Type D (100Ω or less)
Cooling
Natural air cooling
Installation
Panel installation, Din rail installation
*1:
*2:
IEC68-2-6
When only one port is used for the control network; 0° to 55°C when both ports are used for the control network.
The time may be lost if the temperature falls below -10°C.
IM 34P02Q01-01E
13th Edition : Feb.06,2009-00
<A3. Autonomous Controller FCJ>
A3-9
IMPORTANT
•
The temperature speciication during operation indicates the criterion of the temperature
at the air intake of the bottom portion of modules. Do not block ventilation holes, as it may
hinder the air-cooling capabilities of the unit. When installing the FCJ in a cabinet, note that
the temperature speciication is not in respect to the ambient temperature of the cabinet.
Provide cooling fans in the cabinet if needed.
•
Avoid exposing the FCJ to direct sunlight.
•
Prevent condensation under any circumstance.
•
The dust level of the room should not exceed 0.3 mg/m3. Under any circumstance, avoid
iron lakes, carbon particles, or any other type of dust that are conductive.
•
Avoid existence of corrosive gases such as hydrogen sulide, sulfurous acid gas, chlorine,
and ammonia.
•
For vibration at the installation location, see also “FCJ Vibration Criteria” within this Chapter.
•
For radio device noise to the FCJ, see “Radio Device Noise to FCJ” within this Chapter.
n FCJ Vibration Criteria
Ensure that if the frequency of vibration at the installation location is 58 Hz or less, the total
amplitude is maintained less than 0.15 mm. If the vibration frequency is greater than 58 Hz, ind a
location that will meet the following condition:
Acceleration (m/s2) = 2
2
x A x F 2 3 10-3 < 9.8 (=1G)
where
A: Total amplitude (mm)
F: Frequency (Hz)
The range of allowable total amplitudes is shown below.
mm
0.2
Total amplitude
0.15
0.1
Allowable range
0.05
0
10
30
50
70
90
110
130
150Hz
Vibration frequency
A030202E.ai
Figure Allowable Vibration Range
IM 34P02Q01-01E
13th Edition : Feb.06,2009-00
A3-10
<A3. Autonomous Controller FCJ>
n Radio Device Noise to the FCJ
The following shows general requirements when using a radio device such as transceivers;
however, as a general rule, close the cabinet door when using a radio device:
•
Transceivers that have 3 W of output power or less should be at least 1 m away.
Transceivers that have 10 W of output power or less should be at least 2 m away.
•
Radio devices that have 1 W of output power or less including cellular phones and cordless
phones should be at least 1 m away.
IM 34P02Q01-01E
13th Edition : Feb.06,2009-00
A3-11
<A3. Autonomous Controller FCJ>
A3.3
FCJ Power Supply and Grounding
Proper power equipment requirements must be met for stable system operation.
A3.3.1
FCJ Power Supply
Power is supplied to the pressure clamp terminal on the right side of the unit. Connect power
supply that meets the speciication requirements to the speciied pressure clamp terminals on the
right side of the FCJ.
l Inrush Current
An input current much larger than normal will low when the power supply is turned on. Refer
to the speciication of Inrush Current (Table). Make sure that the supplied power and protection
devices can withstand this inrush current.
Table
FCJ Inrush Current Speciication
Speciication
Item
Inrush current
SEE
ALSO
18 A
Remark
At 24 V DC
For wiring procedures for the FCJ, see A3.5, “Wiring.”
WARNING
•
A power failure may break down the ile system when the ile is written in the FCN/FCJ
system card by the Java application. (While the control application is operating, a power
failure will not break down the FCN/FCJ system card.)
•
When a power failure is detected and a restart is performed, control will be stopped for a
duration longer than the power failure.
•
To avoid these problems, use an Uninterruptable Power Supply (UPS) for the power supply.
IMPORTANT
Since the FCJ has no power switch, it is recommended to install a power switch or a breaker on
the external power supply line.
IM 34P02Q01-01E
13th Edition : Feb.06,2009-00
A3-12
<A3. Autonomous Controller FCJ>
A3.3.2
Power Supply for Digital Outputs
To drive digital output circuits, connect a 24 V DC power supply directly to the respective
terminals.
Table
Power Supply Speciications for Digital Outputs of FCJ
Speciication
Item
Rated input voltage
24 V DC
Input voltage range
24 V DC ± 10%
Input current
25 mA (MAX)
Remark
See note
Note: This indicates the maximum current consumption of FCJ’s DO circuits and does not include the external load current. The actual
current low may differ depending on the number of DO points used. Nonetheless, this will be approximately 1.6 mA multiplied by
the number of DO points used.
A3.3.3
Grounding
For stable operation of the FCJ, stable grounding is required. As shown in “Systematic Drawing
of FCJ Power Supply/Grounding” appearing on the next page, the minus terminal of power
supply shall be grounded with the lame(functional) ground(FG) of FCJ.
In order to stably ground the FCJ, insulate the FCJ from the cabinet using insulation bushings,
together with the board or DIN rail on which the FCJ is installed. Then, ground and wire the
FCJ. Connect Type D grounding which requires a grounding resistance of 100 Ω or less. When
a grounding cable is to be connected to the FCJ body, use the FCJ-ixing screw located at the
lower left of the FCJ. Do not share the FCJ ground with other devices.
l Applicable Cables
Insulated cables for industrial equipment such as;
•
600 V polyvinyl chloride insulated wires (IV); JIS C3307
•
Polyvinyl chloride insulated wires for electrical apparatus (KIV); JIS C3316
•
600 V grade heat-resistant polyvinyl chloride insulated wires (HIV); JIS C3317
•
Heatproof vinyl insulated wires VW-1 (UL1015/UL1007)
l Wire Size
2 mm2 to 2.6 mm2 (AWG 14 to 13)
l Terminal Treatment
Ring tongue terminal for M3: With insulation covers.
IM 34P02Q01-01E
13th Edition : Feb.06,2009-00
<A3. Autonomous Controller FCJ>
A3-13
l Connecting a Grounding Cable
Ground the FCJ by connecting the grounding cable to the unit with the lower left corner screw
marked .
Connect the
grounding cable
to the FCJ body.
A030303E.ai
Figure Grounding the FCJ
+
AC
FCJ
-
AC/DC Power Supply
The metal areas
of theFCJ
FG
Grounding bar
Cabinet
A030304E.ai
Figure Example of Power Supply and Grounding the FCJ
IM 34P02Q01-01E
13th Edition : Feb.06,2009-00
<A3. Autonomous Controller FCJ>
A3.4
A3-14
Installing the FCJ
The FCJ is designed to be installed to a DIN rail or to a general-purpose control panel.
n Installation Orientation
The FCJ is designed to be cooled by natural air. Install an FCJ so that the ventilation air lows
upward from its bottom to its top as shown below.
Up
Air flow
100 mm or more
100 mm or more
Air flow
Down
A030401E.ai
Figure Installation Orientation of FCJ
IMPORTANT
SEE
ALSO
TIP
•
Be sure to turn off the power before installing or removing the FCJ.
•
Do not install the unit blocking the ventilation holes on the top and bottom.
•
To prevent the cooling air current from being blocked, be sure to place the unit at least
100 mm away from other devices.
•
Do not expose to direct sunlight.
•
Secure a space on the right side of the FCJ for installing or removing the system card.
For the size of the system card, refer to A1.4.1 “FCN/FCJ System Card” in this document.
To push the system card ejection button, use a tool which is 4 millimeters or less in diameter (such a tip is hard
enough to resist from bending).
IM 34P02Q01-01E
13th Edition : Feb.06,2009-00
<A3. Autonomous Controller FCJ>
A3-15
n Panel Installation Procedures
Follow the procedures below to install the FCJ to a panel.
1.
Refer to the dimension diagram and create two holes to screw tapped M4 screws to a depth
of 8 mm.
2.
Install the supplied studs (quantity 2) to the panel.
3.
Secure the unit at two locations using the supplied M4 screws.
4.
Insulate the FCJ from the cabinet using insulation bushings, and then install the FCJ to the
cabinet.
210 mm
83.9mm.
156 mm
198 mm
A030402E.ai
Figure FCJ Panel Installation Dimension Diagram
IM 34P02Q01-01E
13th Edition : Feb.06,2009-00
<A3. Autonomous Controller FCJ>
A3-16
Supplied studs
Supplied M4 screws
A030403E.ai
Figure FCJ Panel Installation
Insulation
bushings
Board
Insulation bushing
A030404E.ai
Figure Example of FCJ Mounted on Panel
n Precaution of Installing DIN Rails to Panel
There is the possibility that DIN rail may be deformed due to the controller’s weight and cable’s
tension.
Please screw DIN rail to the panel in at least two positions where attachments on the back side
(supplied DIN rail attachments) are placed.
IM 34P02Q01-01E
17th Edition : Jun. 29,2012-00
<A3. Autonomous Controller FCJ>
A3-17
n Installing to DIN Rails
Follow the procedures below to install the FCJ to DIN rails.
1.
Snap the supplied DIN Rail Attachment to the DIN rail. (See igure below) Attach one on
each side.
2.
Attach the FCJ by aligning the screws of the attachment to the installation holes on the left
and right of the FCJ unit.
3.
Tighten the screws and secure the FCJ to the DIN rail.
Pay attention not to drop nuts.
Supplied DIN rail
attachment
Upside
[1] Hook the nail on the attachment
to the bottom of the DIN rail.
[2] Hook the top nail by pulling the
attachment upwards.
[3] Bring it down slightly while hooking
both nails of the installed jig.
[2]
DIN rail
[3]
Downside
The downside has the deeper
notch than the upside.
[1]
A030405E.ai
Figure Installing the Attachment to the DIN Rail
Insulation bushings
DIN Rail
Insulation bushing
A030406E.ai
Figure Installing the FCJ to the Attachment on the DIN Rail
WARNING
Attach the supplied DIN Rail Attachment correctly; if attached upside down, it might get out of
place.
TIP
Use a DIN rail that complies with the DIN 46277.
Install FCJ to DIN rails upright as shown above.
IM 34P02Q01-01E
17th Edition : Jun. 29,2012-00
<A3. Autonomous Controller FCJ>
A3-18
A030407E.ai
Figure Example of an FCJ Attached to a DIN Rail
IM 34P02Q01-01E
17th Edition : Jun. 29,2012-00
A3-19
<A3. Autonomous Controller FCJ>
A3.5
Wiring
This section describes the power cable and signal cable that is connected to the FCJ.
A3.5.1
Connection Terminals
All terminals for the power supply cable and signal cable connected to the FCJ are
pressure clamp terminals. The locations of each terminal are shown below.
1 2
- +
2
-
FBUS1+
FBUS1-
FBUS2+
FBUS2-
2
+
2
FBUS2-
1
+
FBUS2+
1
FBUS1-
2 1
- +
FBUS1+
2
+
OUT2-
Signal name
1
-
OUT2+
1
Terminal name +
OUT1-
6 6
+ -
OUT1+
5
-
IN6-
IN2-
5
+
IN6+
IN2+
4 4
+ -
IN5-
Signal name
3
-
IN5+
2 3
- +
IN4-
2
+
IN4+
1
-
IN3-
1
+
IN3+
Terminal name
IN1-
Analog output terminals (plus Foundation Fieldbus terminals)
IN1+
Analog input terminals
Power supply
+
+24V
Digital input terminals
Digital output terminals
Signal name
Signal name
Terminal name
Signal name
IN1 IN2 IN3 IN4 IN5 IN6 IN7 IN8 Not used
1
2
9
3
10
4
11
5
12
6
13
7
14
8
15
16 COM
IN9 IN10 IN11 IN12 IN13 IN14 IN15 IN16 COM
Terminal name
Signal name
OUT1 OUT2 OUT3 OUT4 OUT5 OUT6 OUT7 OUT8 +24V
1
COM
2
9
3
10
4
11
5
12
6
13
7
14
8 +24V
15
16
COM OUT9 OUT10 OUT11 OUT12 OUT13 OUT14 OUT15 OUT16
A030501E.ai
Figure Pressure Clamp Terminals
IM 34P02Q01-01E
13th Edition : Feb.06,2009-00
A3-20
<A3. Autonomous Controller FCJ>
A3.5.2
Cables for Pressure Clamp Terminals
Cable
Core wire
Length of exposed wire
A030502E.ai
Figure Cable
l Applicable Cables
Insulated cables for industrial equipment such as;
•
600 V polyvinyl chloride insulated wires (IV); JIS C3307
•
Polyvinyl chloride insulated wires for electrical apparatus (KIV); JIS C3316
•
600 V grade heat-resistant polyvinyl chloride insulated wires (HIV); JIS C3317
•
Heatproof vinyl insulated wires VW-1 (UL1015/UL1007)
•
Control cables (vinyl insulated vinyl sheath cable) (CVV); JIS C3401
l Recommended Cable Size for Power Cable
•
Without sleeve: 0.75 mm2 to 2 mm2 (AWG 18 to 14)
•
With sleeve: 0.75 mm2 to 1.5 mm2 (AWG 18 to 16)
l Recommended Cable Size for Signal Cable
•
Without sleeve: 0.5 mm2 to 2 mm2 (AWG 20 to 14)
•
With sleeve: 0.5 mm2 to 1.5 mm2 (AWG 20 to 16)
l Wiring to Pressure Clamp Terminals (When Not Using Sleeves)
Table
Wiring to Pressure Clamp Terminals without Sleeve
Cable
Cable Size
2
Insulation stripping Length
Signal Cable
2
0.5 mm to 2 mm (AWG20 to 14)
6 mm
Power Cable
0.75 mm2 to 2 mm2 (AWG18 to 14)
7 mm
IM 34P02Q01-01E
Remark
13th Edition : Feb.06,2009-00
A3-21
<A3. Autonomous Controller FCJ>
l Wiring to Pressure Clamp Terminals (When Using Sleeves)
Figure Sleeve for Pressure Clamp Terminals and Applicable Cables
Sleeve with insulation cover
Sleeve with no insulation cover
d2
d1
d1
L2
d2
L1
L1
A030504E.ai
Table
Sleeve for Pressure Clamp Terminals and Applicable Cables (for Power Cable )
When using sleeves with insulation cover
Cable
Thickness
2
0.5 mm
2
0.75 mm
Length of
exposed
wire
Sleeve dimensions
L1
L2
d1
d2
When using sleeves with no insulation cover
Widemuller Length of
exposed
Model
Number
wire
Sleeve dimensions
L1
d1
d2
Widemuller
Model
Number
7 mm
12 mm 6 mm 1.0 mm 2.6 mm H0.5/12
7 mm
6 mm 1.0 mm 2.1 mm H0.5/6
7 mm
12 mm 6 mm 1.2 mm 2.8 mm H0.75/12
7 mm
6 mm 1.2 mm 2.3 mm H0.75/6
2
1.0 mm
7 mm
12 mm 6 mm 1.4 mm 3.0 mm H1/12
7 mm
6 mm 1.4 mm 2.5 mm H1/6
1.25 to1.5 mm2
7 mm
12 mm 6 mm 2.0 mm 4.0 mm H1.5/12 S
7 mm
7 mm 1.7 mm 2.8 mm H1.5/7
7 mm
12 mm 6 mm 2.2 mm 4.2 mm H2.5/12 DS
7 mm
7 mm 2.2 mm 3.4 mm H2.5/7
2
2 mm
Table
Sleeve for Pressure Clamp Terminals and Applicable Cables (for Signal Cable)
When using sleeves with insulation cover
Cable
Thickness
2
0.5 mm
Length of
exposed
wire
6 mm
2
Sleeve dimensions
L1
L2
d1
d2
When using sleeves with no insulation cover
Widemuller Length of
exposed
Model
Number
wire
Sleeve dimensions
L1
d1
d2
Widemuller
Model
Number
12 mm 6 mm 1.0 mm 2.6 mm H0.5/12
6 mm
6 mm 1.0 mm 2.1 mm H0.5/6
0.75 mm
6 mm
12 mm 6 mm 1.2 mm 2.8 mm H0.75/12
6 mm
6 mm 1.2 mm 2.3 mm H0.75/6
1.0 mm2
6 mm
12 mm 6 mm 1.4 mm 3.0 mm H1/12
6 mm
6 mm 1.4 mm 2.5 mm H1/6
IMPORTANT
•
Since the FCJ has no power switch, install a switch or a breaker on the external power
supply line.
•
Use the same manufacturer for sleeves and tools.
•
Use sleeve tools that match the wire thickness.
•
Insert the wire to be connected completely into the pressure clamp terminal and attach it
securely.
•
It recommended to use drivers that comply with the DIN 5264B standard (lat blade screw
driver with tip thickness 0.6 mm, axis radius 3.5 mm) when connecting cables.
•
The tightening torque for the power supply cables is 0.5 Nm.
•
The tightening torque for the signal cables is 0.5 Nm.
•
Securely connect the cable to cable clamps, etc. so that the weight of the cable applied to
the terminal is minimized.
•
Strip the cable for a length so that the core wire slightly extends from the metal tube of the
sleeve. If this causes the length of the metal tube of the sleeve to be slightly shorter than the
stripping length, this is no problem.
IM 34P02Q01-01E
13th Edition : Feb.06,2009-00
<A3. Autonomous Controller FCJ>
A3.5.3
A3-22
Connecting the Power Supply
Connect the + and - wires to the supplied power supply 2-pin connector type pressure
clamp terminal (Widemuller brand: BLZ5.08/2) as shown in the igure below. Connect this
terminal section to the power supply connector on the side of the unit.
IMPORTANT
Do not reverse the + and - wires of the power supply.
+
A030505E.ai
Figure FCJ Power Supply Wiring
IM 34P02Q01-01E
13th Edition : Feb.06,2009-00
<A3. Autonomous Controller FCJ>
A3.5.4
A3-23
Field Signal Connection
Connect the ield signals by taking the following precautions.
IMPORTANT
•
Always separate the power supply cables and the signal cables, and avoid running them
parallel to each other.
•
It is recommended to use shielded twisted pair cables to prevent inductive noise for analog
I/O signals. It is effective to use twisted-pair cables with pitch that is 50 mm or less.
•
The shield must be grounded on the FCJ side only. A separate grounding bar must be
used to ground the shield wire. Be sure that the grounding bar takes its ground at the same
electric level as the ground for the FCJ.
•
It is recommended to use shielded cables for digital I/O signals.
l Terminal Numbers and Example of External Connections for Digital Input
1
2
9
1
3
10
4
11
5
12
6
13
7
8
14
15
16
COM
16
9 2 10
24V DC
A030506E.ai
Figure FCJ Digital Input Terminal Numbers and External Connections
l Terminal Numbers and Example of External Connections for Digital Output
1
COM
2
9
3
10
4
11
5
12
1 9 2 10
24V DC
Indicates load
6
13
8
7
14
15
+24V
16
16
A030507E.ai
Figure Terminal Numbers and External Connections for Digital Output of FCJ
IM 34P02Q01-01E
13th Edition : Feb.06,2009-00
A3-24
<A3. Autonomous Controller FCJ>
l Terminal Numbers and External Connections for Analog Inputs
CH 1
CH 2
1
-
1
+
2
+
CH 3
2
-
3
+
CH 4
3
-
4
+
CH 5
4
-
5
+
CH 6
5
-
6
+
6
-
A030508E.ai
Figure Terminal Numbers and External Connections for Analog Inputs of FCJ
l Terminal Numbers and External Connections for Analog Outputs
CH 1
1
+
CH 2
1
-
2
+
2
-
A030509E.ai
Figure Terminal Numbers and External Connections for Analog Outputs of FCJ
l Terminal Numbers and External Connections for Foundation Feildbus
CH 1
1
+
1
-
1
+
CH 2
1
-
2
+
2
-
2
+
2
-
A030510E.ai
Figure Terminal Numbers and External Connections for Foundation Feildbus of FCJ
IM 34P02Q01-01E
13th Edition : Feb.06,2009-00
<A3. Autonomous Controller FCJ>
A3.5.5
A3-25
Communication Cables
n Control Network
Connect the control network cable to the connector on the side of the FCJ module. Use cables
that comply with the 100BASE-TX or 10BASE-T standard. When using the control network in
single, connect the cable to the Network Interface 1.
IMPORTANT
When not using the Network Interface 2, leave the connector cover for dust protection on to
prevent any damage to the connector.
n RS-232-C Communication Cable
l Cable Connection
If RS-232-C communication cables are connected to an FCJ, connect the cables that conform to
the respective connector types. Then, fasten the cables using screws.
IMPORTANT
FCJ’s serial ports are D-SUB 9 pins (male). Connectors are fastened using inch screw threads
(No. 4-40 UNC).
IM 34P02Q01-01E
13th Edition : Feb.06,2009-00
Blank Page